+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT...

Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT...

Date post: 26-Mar-2018
Category:
Upload: phungquynh
View: 240 times
Download: 7 times
Share this document with a friend
193
Page 1 of 193 Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole DHBVN and UHBVN REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) for selection of ‘IT Implementation Agency’ to assist the Haryana Discoms (DHBVN and UHBVN) for implementation of IT infrastructure For further details, please visit the website: www.dhbvn.com Purchaser: Dakshin Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Ltd On Behalf of Dakshin Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited Uttar Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited RFP Identification No: TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 Single Stage Double Envelope Selection Procedure The last date for submission of RFP is 07/10/14 (01:00 PM) This document is meant for the exclusive purpose of RFP and shall not be transferred, reproduced or otherwise used for purposes other than that for which it is specifically intended.
Transcript
Page 1: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 1 of 193

Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole

DHBVN and UHBVN

REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP)

for selection of ‘IT Implementation Agency’ to assist the Haryana Discoms

(DHBVN and UHBVN) for implementation of IT infrastructure

For further details, please visit the website:

www.dhbvn.com

Purchaser: Dakshin Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Ltd

On Behalf of

Dakshin Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited

Uttar Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited

RFP Identification No: TER-03/RAPDRP/2014

Single Stage – Double Envelope Selection Procedure

The last date for submission of RFP is 07/10/14 (01:00 PM)

This document is meant for the exclusive purpose of RFP and shall not be

transferred, reproduced or otherwise used for purposes other than that for

which it is specifically intended.

Page 2: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 2 of 193

CONTENTS

1.0. About Discoms ........................................................................................................ 4

1.1. Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 4

1.2. Company Profile .............................................................................................................. 5

1.2.1. DHBVN Profile ......................................................................................................... 5

1.2.2. UHBVN Profile ......................................................................................................... 5

2.0. About the Project .................................................................................................... 6

2.1. About RAPDRP....................................................................................................... 6

2.2. Scaling up to RAPDRP system to Non RAPDRP areas of DHBVN and UHBVN ..... 9

3.0. Bid Schedule ......................................................................................................... 12

4.0. Bid Summary ........................................................................................................ 12

5.0. Instructions to Bidders........................................................................................... 19

5.1. General ........................................................................................................................... 19

5.2. Contents of Bidding Document .................................................................................... 22

5.3. Preparation of Bids ........................................................................................................ 24

5.4. Submission and Opening of Bids ................................................................................. 30

5.5. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids ............................................................................. 34

5.6. Award of Contract .......................................................................................................... 39

5.7. Interpretation .................................................................................................................. 40

6.0. Bid Data Sheet ...................................................................................................... 41

7.0. Eligibility Criteria ................................................................................................... 44

8.0. Bidding Forms ....................................................................................................... 49

8.5 Certificate as to Corporate Principal ................................................................................. 49

8.1. Technical Proposal Submission Sheet ........................................................................ 50

8.2. Price Proposal Submission Sheet ................................................................................ 52

8.3. Bid Security .................................................................................................................... 54

8.4. Manufacturer’s Authorisation ........................................................................................ 56

8.5. Certificate as to Corporate Principal ............................................................................ 57

9.0. Scope of Work ...................................................................................................... 58

9.1. Customer and Offices Details ....................................................................................... 58

9.2. Project Components ...................................................................................................... 59

9.2.1 Project Components Part A .................................................................................. 61

9.2.2. Project Components Part B .................................................................................. 65

10.0. General Conditions of Contract ............................................................................. 72

11.0. Special Conditions of Contract .............................................................................. 96

Page 3: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 3 of 193

12. Appendices ................................................................................................................. 104

12.1. AGREEMENT ..................................................................................................................... 104

12.2. Performance Security ........................................................................................................ 106

Appendix Un-priced BOM ........................................................................................................... 108

Appendix A- Mandatory Technical Specifications ....................................................................... 110

Appendix B- Technical Specifications .......................................................................................... 112

Appendix C- Service Level Agreement ......................................................................................... 140

Appendix D Supplier Response Format ...................................................................................... 155

Appendix E- Evaluation Methodology ........................................................................................ 170

Appendix G- Bidder Queries ....................................................................................................... 176

Appendix F – Geographical & Administrative Information .......................................................... 176

Appendix H – List of Manuals/Business Processes to be converted into electronic form ............ 178

Appendix I – Estimated Manpower Requirement ....................................................................... 180

Appendix J– Expected Implementation Schedule ....................................................................... 181

Appendix K- Abbreviations ......................................................................................................... 183

Appendix: Price Bid Format........................................................................................................ 186

Page 4: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 4 of 193

1.0. About Discoms

1.1. Introduction

The power sector reforms in the state of Haryana were initiated by the Government of

Haryana (GoH) under the Haryana Reforms Act 1998 on 10th March 1998. The

Haryana Electricity Regulatory Commission (HERC) was formed on 16th August 1998

and the Haryana State Electricity Board (HSEB) was unbundled in to two independent

company’s viz. Haryana Power Generation Corporation Limited (HPGCL), to

undertake generation of electricity, and Haryana Vidyut Prasaran Nigam Limited

(HVPNL) to undertake transmission, distribution and retail supply of electricity in the

state of Haryana.

Subsequently in July 1999, two distribution companies viz. Uttar Haryana Bijli Vitran

Nigam Ltd. (UHBVNL) and Dakshin Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Ltd. (DHBVNL) were

separated from HVPNL to exclusively undertake function of distribution and retail

supply of electricity in their respective geographic areas.

Electricity Sector organizations in Haryana

HERC Haryana Electricity Regulatory

Commission http://www.herc.nic.in

HPGCL Haryana Power Generation Corporation

Limited http://hpgcl.gov.in

HVPNL Haryana Vidyut Prasaran Nigam

Limited http://www.hvpn.gov.in

DHBVN Dakshin Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Ltd http://www.dhbvn.com

UHBVN Uttar Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Ltd http://www.uhbvn.com

Page 5: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 5 of 193

1.2. Company Profile

1.2.1. DHBVN Profile

*Data as on 31st March’2013. Current % growth per annum for consumers is 7.5%.

1.2.2. UHBVN Profile

Sr. No Circle Name Consumers Sub-Division

Offices

Other Offices

Unit Nos. Nos. Nos.

1 Ambala 184932 7 3

2 Kurukshetra 146204 4 1

3 Karnal 163819 12 3

4 Panipat 262711 5 1

5 Kaithal 152603 8 2

6 Yamunanagar 160122 7 1

7 Jhajjar 235645 8 2

8 Sonepat 185480 9 3

Sr. No Circle

Name Consumers

Sub-

Division

Offices

Other

Offices

Unit Nos. Nos. Nos.

1 Hisar 365904 13 0

2 Gurgaon 233902 10 5

3 Faridabad &

Palwal 144280 8

0

4 Bhiwani 249690 12 3

5 Sirsa 208450 9 3

6 Narnaul 148147 7 3

7 Rewari 168746 6 2

8 Jind 196652 9 1

Total 1715771 74 17

Page 6: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 6 of 193

Sr. No Circle Name Consumers Sub-Division

Offices

Other Offices

Unit Nos. Nos. Nos.

9 Rohtak 249823 5 6

Total 1741339 65 22

*Data as on 31st March’2014. Current % growth per annum is 7.5% for consumers

2.0. About the Project

2.1. About RAPDRP

The Government of India in 10th Plan started Accelerated Power development and

reforms program for reforms in distribution with following objective:-

Reduction of AT&C losses

Bring about Commercial viability

Reduce outages & interruptions

Increase consumer satisfaction

Considering the need for continuity and to rein in the losses of the utilities, need was

felt to continue the initiative of APDRP in 11th plan which was termed as R-APDRP.

On review of the status and benefits achieved of APDRP, it was felt that to have

sustainable distribution business, it is essential to give impetus to IT enabling of the

sector on an integrated platform. The IT platform shall assist in capturing and

validating the energy and revenue model to gather in a transparent manner with

accuracy.

Also, considering the difficulties of domain expertise in IT area of the utilities and the experiences the utilities had, it was considered necessary to prepare SRS template, which shall provide the IT infrastructure for drawing the baseline data while addressing the need of IT back bone in the area of distribution business process to capture the benefits of the investments on sustainable basis.

RAPDRP (Part A) is under implementation in total 36 towns of UHBVN and DHBVN

to meet following objectives

a) Establishing base line data for accurate measurement of losses.

b) Improving customer services which include projects for establishment of IT

Infrastructure & deployment of applications like Meter Data Acquisition, GIS

based electrical asset mapping and consumer indexing, Meter Reading, Billing,

Page 7: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 7 of 193

Collections, MIS, Energy Audit, New Connection, Disconnection, Customer

Care Services, Web self-service etc.

Under the RAPDRP (Part A) scheme, the following IT Infrastructure Setup has been

envisaged in DHBVN:

1. Establishment of Data Center at Hissar

2. Establishment of Disaster Recovery Center at Panchkula

3. Establishment of a Common Centralized Call Center for both Utilities at

Gurgaon for seating capacity of 100 with a Toll Free No..

4. Providing all the following modules and systems:

a. Meter Data Acquisition System

b. Energy Audit

c. New Connection

d. Disconnection & Dismantling

e. GIS based Customer Indexing and Asset Mapping

f. GIS based integrated Network Analysis Module

g. Centralized Customer Care Services

h. Management Information System (MIS)

i. Web Self Service

j. Identity and Access Management System

k. System Security Requirement

l. Development of Commercial Database of Consumers

m. Metering

n. Billing

o. Collection

p. Asset Management

q. Maintenance Management

r. Document Management System

s. Mail / Messaging System

t. Enterprise Management System and Network Management System

u. Antivirus & Firewall System

v. Data Warehouse System with MIS application

5. AMR Implementation

6. DGPS based GIS Survey for all towns coming under the R-APDRP scheme

7. Establishment of LAN, MPLS-VPN and other networking in all the identified

towns of both the DISCOMs

8. Facility Management Services for 5 years from the “Go-Live” Date of Project

a. Integration, as envisaged in G1 section under 3.10 paragraph of SRS

Document, with existing applications.

Page 8: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 8 of 193

9. Data Migration for following applications as envisaged in section G1 under 3.9

paragraph of SRS, but not limited to

a. Metering

b. Billing

c. Collection

d. New Connection

e. Disconnection and Dismantling

f. Asset Management

g. Maintenance Management

Solution component mapping with business functions as implemented in RAPDRP is

given below:

RAPDRP Functional Modules Solution Components Extendibility

Meter Data Acquisition System (MDAS)

Secure Meters - Integrator, DCU Devices, Substation Monitoring

Flexible to connect other protocol based meters, can be integrated with SCADA

Energy Audit Secure Meters - Enerlyser

New Connection Oracle Utilities CCB Product

Disconnection and Dismantling Oracle Utilities CCB Product

Centralized Customer Care Services

Oracle Utilities CCB Product, Contact Anywhere product integrated with Call Center Solution

Interfaces to connect Kiosks, Cash/Cheque Kiosks, CTI, IVR

Management Information System (MIS)

Oracle CCB, WAM BI Publishers, OBIU for DWH

GIS based customer indexing and asset mapping ESRI

Interfaces with systems like Energy Audit, Meter Data, SCADA, CCB

GIS based integrated network analysis module PRDC NA Product (PRDC)

Interfaces with ESRI using Network Adapter to extract GIS Data and performed Network Analysis

Web Self Service JBOSS Server.

Identity and Access Management CA IDM

Document Management, SSO

System Security Requirement CA IDM Suit

Page 9: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 9 of 193

RAPDRP Functional Modules Solution Components Extendibility

Development of Commercial Database of Consumers

Oracle Utilities CCB Product

Metering Oracle Utilities CCB Product

Integrated with MDAS, CMRI

Billing Oracle Utilities CCB Product

Interface for Spot Billing

Collections Oracle Utilities CCB Product

Interface for Payment Gateway

Asset Management Oracle Utilities WAM Product

Integrated with GIS Apps

Maintenance Management Oracle Utilities WAM Product

Business Intelligence Oracle Utilities BI (OUBIEE)

Document Management Newgen Omnidocs

Workflow Management Workflow Engine

Integration Middleware Oracle OSB Suite

2.2. Scaling up to RAPDRP system to Non RAPDRP areas of DHBVN and

UHBVN

Further, Management of DHBVN and UHBVN have decided to extend the RAPDRP

IT systems (except GIS) to rest of areas of DHBVN and UHBVN.

List of IT systems which are under implementation under RAPDRP (Part A) scheme

are listed below. Systems which need to be extended to other areas of DHBVN and

UHBVN (to be referred as Non-RAPDRP area) are also specified in the list.

Page 10: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 10 of 193

Name Of Application

Extended

to Non-

RAPDRP

Area

Name Of Application

Extended

to Non-

RAPDRP

Area

Oracle Utilities: PRDC

Customer Care & Billing Y

PRDC- GIS Network

Analysis N

Oracle Work & Asset

Management Y Secure Meters

Oracle Utilities Business

Intelligence Y Secure Meters Integrator Y

Oracle OSB for SOA Y Secure Meters Analyser Y

Data Warehouse Y

Secure Meters Substation

Monitoring System N

Weblogic Application

Server Y

CA Identity & Access

Management System Y

Newgen Document

Management System IT Infrastructure Tools

Newgen Omnidocs Y

Enterprise Management

System Y

Omni-scan for scanning

solution Y

Network Management

System Y

ESRI

Anti-Virus Solution

(Including Security

Management server)

Y

ArcGIS Desktop

(ArcEditor) N

DNS Server (LDAP/Active

Directory included) Y

ArcFM Desktop N Access Control Y

ArcGIS Server Advanced N Call Centre Solution: Avaya N

ArcFM Server Advanced N Microsoft:

ArcGIS Schematics N

Microsoft Active Directory

Server Y

MS Exchange Messaging

Server Y

As the project is intended to scale up existing RAPDRP systems to Non-RAPDRP

area, there are some implementation and operational challenges perceived in certain

items as mentioned below where ownership already lies with existing RAPDRP ITIA.

Page 11: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 11 of 193

a. Some changes and additional configurations are required in existing RAPDRP

applications to suit Non-RAPDRP area. As existing development is done by M/S HCL

tech, bringing one more ITIA to do new development or change existing development

will create practical issues. Further maintenance of same application by multiple ITIAs

will be very complex, difficult and cost ineffective solution.

After consideration of above complexity, Management of DHBVN and UHBVN have

decided to divide scope of work into two parts i.e. Part A and Part B. Also, it has been

decided to prioritise allotment of specific items (covered under Part A of the project) to

existing RAPDRP ITIA at negotiated rates of lowest price bid obtained from bidders

for these specific items. In case existing RAPDRP ITIA does not agree to work at

lowest bid price received for these specific items, Nigam management can allocate

the task to lowest price bidder.

Components of Part A and Part B of the project are given in below table:

Part A

Application Changes

Building up of Commercial Database

Part B

Office Infrastructure

New bandwidth for Offices to DC/DR and increase in bandwidth for DC

and DR

Supply and installation of Modems and GPRS Sims for Substation, HT

meters and LTCT meters

FMS for Office infrastructure, Modems, SIMS (parts and replacement)

Please refer section 9 i.e. Scope of Work for details of Part A and Part B items.

Bidders are required to submit technical and commercial bid in two parts i.e. separately

for Part A and Part B of the project but financial evaluation of the bid shall be done

after aggregating total price quoted for both Part A and Part B of the project as well as

for both the DISCOMs.

Bidders are advised to study this document carefully. Submission of RFP shall be

deemed to have been done after careful study and examination of this document with

full understanding of its implications. This RFP document is not transferable. This

document must be read entirety. Please verify that you have a complete copy.

Page 12: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 12 of 193

3.0. Bid Schedule

Bid Item Date and Time Location

Download of RFP / Bid

Document

From 20-Aug-14 on

onwards

Date of Pre-Bid

Conference 11-Sep-2014 at 11 AM

Conference Room,

Vidyut Sadan, Vidyut

Nagar, Hissar-125005

Haryana

Deadline for submission of

Bid 7-Oct-2014 upto 1 PM

Vidyut Sadan, Vidyut

Nagar, Hissar-125005

Haryana

Opening of Technical Bid 7-Oct-2014 upto 3 PM

Opening of Price Proposal To be intimated later

4.0. Bid Summary

1. Both the Discoms of Haryana, plan to have a common integrated IT solution in the

entire state.

2. Dakshin Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited (DHBVN) invites the bids on behalf of

both DISCOMs viz. Dakshin Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited (DHBVN) and Uttar

Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited (UHBVN). All the co-ordination and

correspondence will be done by the DHBVN with the bidders till the final selection of

the IT Implementing Agency. After completion of the bid evaluation, the respective

DISCOMs would issue the Work Order and enter into agreement with the selected

ITIA.

3. All the bids should have numbered pages format (1 of n, 2 of n…where n =number

of pages) with spiral binding.

4. Financial evaluation of the bid shall be done after aggregating total price quoted for

both Part A and Part B of the project as well as both the DISCOMs. This aggregate

price will be considered as final quote from the bidder.

5. The technical specifications for the scoped items would be same as elaborated in

section 9 i.e. Scope of Work, Appendix B (Technical Specification) and as mentioned

in SRS and subsequent corrigenda issued by purchaser till the time of Bid

Submission.

Page 13: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 13 of 193

6. The requirement of the hardware and other units mentioned in Section 9 i.e. Scope

of Work and Appendix B (Technical Specifications) are as per the DISCOMs

approved DPRs. However, the payment will be made as per the actual quantity

consumed during the execution as per the site and solution requirements.

7. The evaluation shall be made on the overall cost of the items and quantities quoted

in the bid in compliance to RFP. However, while placing the order, or during the

execution, the utility reserves the right to modify the quantities of individual items to

the extent of +/- 30% of the mentioned BOQ subject to within a range of 10% of the

value of the overall project cost.

8. Accordingly the selected bidder, after the award of contract, will finalize the actual

quantities to be deployed after approval of the DISCOMs, before initiating the

purchase process of such items.

9. All application software, hardware, data, plans, drawings, specifications, designs,

reports and other documents procured or developed by the selected vendor in the

execution of the contract shall remain the property of the respective DISCOM, right

from the beginning of the contract, during the whole duration of the project and after

the expiry or termination of the contract. The respective DISCOM shall also remain

the sole owner of the property (Hardware/Software) in case the contract is terminated

for any other reasons.

10. The source code of the customized part of the application software will remain the

exclusive property of the respective DISCOM, even after the termination or expiry of

the contract. The ownership shall also remain with the respective DISCOM in case

the selected vendor fails to execute tasks to the satisfaction of the respective

DISCOM.

11. The Bid Security mentioned in this document is for the entire bid. The Performance

Security will be 10% of the total bid amount as per SCC of this bid document.

However, selected ITIA for Part B of the project shall submit an additional contract

Performance Bank Guarantee equal to quoted FMS value (1/4 of that being released

every year on successful completion of FMS and other obligations each year) to take

care of any non-performance during FMS period. However, the original clause of

Performance Bank Guarantee shall remain the same as per RFP.

12. Advance Payment: 10% of project cost (excluding FMS & Bandwidth) shall be

payable towards “Initial Mobilization” on issuance of Letter of Award (LoA) by Utilities

and team mobilization by the successful bidder.

Mobilisation advance of 10% would be given against submission of Bank Guarantee

for 110% of initial Advance subject to that " if the contract is terminated due to default

Page 14: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 14 of 193

of the contractor, the mobilization advance would be deemed as interest bearing

advance at an interest of 11.5%per annum (or as applicable for PFC loan which at

present 11.5%) to be compounded quarterly and equivalent amount may be

recovered.

The BG will be valid until the Supplier has fully repaid/adjusted the amount so

advanced in accordance with the terms of the Contract and completion of successful

acceptance test.

The security shall be in the format provided format acceptable to the Purchaser. The

amount of the security shall be reduced in proportion to the value of the System

executed by and paid/adjusted to the Supplier from time to time and shall

automatically become null and void when the full amount of the advance payment

has been recovered/adjusted by the Purchaser and acceptance test has been

successfully completed. The way the value of the security is deemed to become

reduced and, eventually, voided is as specified in the SCC. The security shall be

returned to the Supplier immediately after its expiration.

13. Both DISCOMs will execute separate contracts with the selected vendor(s).

14. The per unit rate for all the common items i.e. Hardware and Software and services

should essentially be the same for all project areas and the bidder will undertake this

in the technical proposal. In case of any difference in the price quoted for such

common items, the lower price shall be taken into consideration for the purpose of

evaluation, award and payments.

15. Meter data captured through GPRS/CDMA Modem will be transmitted directly to

Data Centre / DRC, SIM Cards will be provided in the name of DHBVN /UHBVN to

enable it to pay directly to the service provider.

16. The bidder should give a declaration on its letterhead that its bid DOES NOT

DEVIATE from this RFP, the SRS and any addendum to SRS issued by purchaser

or Utility or any addition /modification /elaboration or deviation taken by purchaser or

Utility to SRS or RFP.

17. Data Center and Disaster Recovery Center: The centralised Data Centre for both

the utilities is at Hisar, Haryana and the centralised DRC is in Panchkula, Haryana.

The DRC of Panchkula town will be physically co-located at the Haryana State Data

Centre sited at Chandigarh.

18. The DRC is an exact replica of DC i.e all the software, hardware and network

equipment and other items etc provided at DC are also installed and commissioned

at DRC along with relevant licenses to support all operations from DRC during DR

drill and in event of disaster.

Page 15: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 15 of 193

19. All provided servers should be offered with latest CPU with highest clock speed

available on the model being offered by the bidder at the time of bidding. Each Server

shall be configured with even number of CPUs. Server OEMs must be member of

Transaction Processing Council (TPC) or Standard Performance Evaluation Council

(SPEC).

20. Facility Management Services: For Part B of the project, FMS Charges are required

to be mentioned Circle wise for 4 years from the date of Project “GO-LIVE”.

21. Licensing:

a. All the required licenses shall be procured in the name of “Dakshin Haryana Bijli

Vitran Nigam Limited”

b. Wherever required the bidder shall only provide enterprise wide license without

constraint of number of CPU / Core / Number of Users / Number of Consumers

for all system software.

c. All the licenses shall be owned by Haryana Discoms even after the end of period

of 4 years from the date of “GO- LIVE”. Both Discoms and any new power

distribution entity that emerges in Haryana shall have complete right to use these

licenses.

d. The purchaser shall be at liberty to deploy the solution anywhere within the state

of Haryana.

22. Trainings: In addition to the scope envisaged in SRS document for trainings and

documentation, followings will be part of ITIA’s scope for Part A of the project:

a. The selected ITIA of the project will provide the training on the various

applications to application users of both DISCOMs as per client requirements.

b. The training shall be conducted by experienced instructors of ITIA and OEM.

c. ITIA in consultation and convenience of the Haryana DISCOMs shall workout the

training program and all the other modalities of the training, which should be

delivered by OEM certified and SI.

d. Bidder shall conduct minimum 600 man days of training at sites or at centralised

location as specified by DISCOMs. Feedback and attendance of each training

session shall be submitted to CE (RAPDRP), DHBVN.

e. ITIA to conduct a training need analysis to determine the training and

development needs for all the job roles that will be affected by the Haryana

DISCOMs technology initiatives.

23. Selected ITIA for Part A of the project to provide the separate training delivery plan

for both the DISCOMs in the Technical Bid proposal.

24. If DISCOMs issue any amendment to the SRS or RFP till the date of submission of

this bid document, those amendments will become a part of this bid document and

Page 16: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 16 of 193

no separate intimation shall be given to empanelled ITIAs. This, however, will be no

reason for any extension of bid submission/ opening date. The bidders are advised

to remain updated with the latest amendments issued by DISCOMs. The SIs are

also advised to check DISCOMs website (www.dhbvn.com, www.uhbvn.com)

regularly for any amendment or addendum.

25. User acceptance Testing (UAT): Acceptance testing has been defined in the clause

3.6 (Testing and Acceptance procedure) in SRS section –G1, General Technical

specification and it is clarified that the performance testing will be part of Acceptance

testing as already defined in this clause of SRS document.

The term ”User Acceptance Testing” as used in RFP as referred above and

“Acceptance Testing” as defined in the SRS document shall mean the same and vice

versa”.

26. Go Live of a Project area: Pilot is the first project area that goes live in a utility /state.

The Go –Live of the pilot area may be considered complete provided -

i. The Data Center/Disaster Recovery Center has been upgraded in all respects

including installation, commissioning of all additional hardware and networking

devices, installation, configuration and customization of all IT application software

in line with existing RAPDRP processes and integration including process

changes to the extent of disabling of RAPDRP GIS system and related integration

for Non-RAPDRP areas, completion of functionality and other tests required as

per specification, availability of bandwidth and network connectivity etc.

ii. All the works in pilot area have been completed including installation,

commissioning of all Hardware and networking devices, availability of meter data

from all system and consumer meters in MDAS system, operational connectivity

with data center and access of all the IT application at data center by the end

user in pilot area as utility defined access rights.

iii. The Go live of the other project areas (Circles) shall be completed progressively

similar to pilot area as clarified in para a (ii) above.

Pilot implementation is envisaged to be completed at selected pilot area in both the

DISCOMs (Barwala for DHBVN and Panchkula for UHBVN) within 6 months from

the date of contract of selected ITIA for Part A and within 2 months from the date of

contract of selected ITIA for Part B. Complete rollout in the remaining approved

Operation Circles will be done in the next six months at the rate of 3 Circle per Two

months per DISCOM (DH & UH).

27. The Bid Submission Sheets and Price Schedules given in RFP Section 8. ‘Bidding

Forms’ should be submitted on Company Letter Head and signed by an officially

authorized representative to sign the bid and stamp it with company seal. All other

pages of the documents – the RFP, the SRS and any addendum to SRS issued by

Utilities as also any modification / elaboration or deviation taken by Utilities to SRS

Page 17: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 17 of 193

or RFP shall be signed on each page with stamp of company seal by the authorized

representative.

28. Technical proposal should have detailed Unpriced BOM with Make, Model and

Quantities of all the items for the proposed solution as per the annexure “Un-Priced

Technical Bid Form”. It should not have cost of any item.

29. The bidder should, if it feels necessary, study on its own, at its own cost, the existing

status, data, consumer base, geographical spread of the Utilities. The bidder shall

structure the proposal as per the requirement of the system/solution being

envisaged. Utilities under no circumstances shall accept any disclaimers from

successful Bidder on this account. The ‘out of scope’, ‘exclusions’ and ‘assumptions’

having cost implications will not be entertained and will be treated as deviations.

30. All update/upgrades and maintenance of required software and its hardware and

related licenses should be provided as per SRS Section G-1 Clause 9(D)-Annual

Technical Support at no extra cost. All such cost should be built up in proposal for

period of 4 years from date of go live.

31. All equipment shall have onsite warranty from OEM and in accordance with SRS.

OEM certificate needs to be enclosed for after sale support. Successful bidder shall

maintain adequate spare parts/hardware to support SLAs throughout contract period

as per following responsibility matrix.

32. All queries relating to this bid document that the prospective bidder wants to be

clarified during Pre-Bid Conference should be emailed to the e-mail ID

[email protected] at least 5 days before the pre bid meeting date in the

format as given in Appendix G. No queries about the G3 section of SRS will be

entertained.

33. The source code of the customized part of the application software will remain the

exclusive property of Utilities, even after termination or expiry of the contract.

34. Utilities will define own archiving and data / document retention policy. Appointed

ITIA will implement and observe these policies during the FMS period.

35. Appointed ITIA’s shall implement the Haryana State IT security policy (currently

under development) and any modifications thereto during the period of its

engagement as per below responsibility matrix.

Page 18: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 18 of 193

Item List Responsibility

Security related to Data Center and Disaster

Recovery Center

ITIA for Part A

Security policy of existing Applications ITIA for Part A

Security Policy of Office Infrastructure viz.

PCs, routers, switches, Network Connectivity

at user end

ITIA for Part B

Security related to meter data communication

from meter to data center

ITIA for Part B

36. The bidders shall furnish the details of their quality assurance plan and test set up

along with the bid. A detailed quality assurance program shall be finalized with the

successful bidder during the award stage. However, the Quality Assurance plan shall

conform to the following standards:

a. IS / ISO / IEC 27001 - ISMS

b. IT Security, IT Services (10 Standards) – All harmonized with ISO / IEC

c. LITD 16 – Standards on computer hardware

d. IS 13252 : 2003 / IEC 60950

37. Haryana DISCOMs will provide necessary authorization to appointed ITIAs for

obtaining either meter protocol or MIOS compliant APIs for meter data

communication and conversion to uniform MIOS protocol. ITIA will sign Non-

Disclosure Agreement with the utility as utility would sign with the meter

manufacturer.

38. Meter data captured through GPRS/CDMA Modem will be transmitted directly to

Data Centre.

39. Procuring, supply and installation of modems and SIMs for the AMR solution will be

under the scope of appointed ITIA for Part B of the project.

40. The Operating System on desktop machines will be latest version of Microsoft

Windows with free updates for the period of 4 years at no extra cost to DISCOMs.

There will be an enterprise wide license for Microsoft Windows for the total PCs

under this bid.

41. Both Appointed ITIA’s for Part A and Part B to set up individual Project Management

Offices at headquarters (Hissar, Panchkula), of both the DISCOMs and propose the

organizational structure for project execution and management with details of

personnel and their period of deployment and keep the Utilities updated. The

Curriculum Vitae of the proposed resource personnel should clearly indicate the

Page 19: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 19 of 193

position of the resource for this project as well as the proposed period of engagement

on this project. The relevant entries would be included in the format of the CV to be

submitted. The CV to be submitted shall duly have the signature of the authorized

representative of the bidder for verification of the details.

42. Both Appointed ITIAs for Part A and Part B shall give presentation to DISCOMs on

project initiation and periodically about the status of the project implementation on

monthly basis or as desired by the DISCOMs.

5.0. Instructions to Bidders

5.1. General

1. Scope of Bid 1.1 In support of the Invitation for Bids indicated in the Bid Data

Sheet (BDS), the Purchaser, as indicated in the BDS, issues

this Bidding Document for the supply of Goods and Related

Services incidental thereto as specified in the Scope of Work

at Section 9.0 and Appendix B (Technical Specifications).

The name, identification number and cost of bid document of

the International competitive Bidding (ICB) are provided in the

BDS.

2. Corrupt

Practices

2.1 Purchaser requires bidders to observe the highest standard

of ethics during the procurement and execution of such

contracts.

2.2 The following definitions apply:

o “Corrupt practice” means the offering, giving receiving, or

soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to

influence the action of any party in the procurement process

or the execution of a contract;

o “Fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation or omission

of facts in order to influence a procurement process or the

execution of a contract;

o “collusive practices” means a scheme or arrangement

between two or more bidders, with or without the knowledge

of the Purchaser, designed to influence the action of any

party in a procurement process or the execution of a contract;

o “coercive practices” means harming or threatening to harm,

directly or indirectly, persons, or their property to influence

their participation in a procurement process, or affect the

execution of a contract;

o Purchaser will reject a proposal for the award of Contract if it

determines that the bidder recommended for award has,

directly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent,

collusive, or coercive practices in competing for the Contract

Page 20: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 20 of 193

o Purchaser will declare a firm ineligible, either indefinitely or

for a stated period of time, for awarding a any contract if it at

any time determines that the firm has engaged in corrupt of

fraudulent practices in competing for, or in executing, the

contract.

2.3 Any communication between the bidder and the purchaser

related to matters of alleged fraud or corruption must be made

in writing.

By signing the contract, the bidder shall represent that it is

either the owner of the Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) in

the hardware, software or materials offered, or that it has

proper authorization and/or license to offer them from the

owner of such rights. For the purpose of this clause, IPR shall

be defined in the GCC Clause 17. Willful misrepresentation

of these facts shall be considered a fraudulent practice

subject to the provisions of Clauses 2.1 to 2.2 above, without

prejudice to other remedies that the Purchaser may take.

Furthermore, Bidders shall also note the provision stated in

Sub-Clause 2 and Sub-Clause 33.1.a. (ii) of the General

Conditions of Contract.

3. Eligible

Bidders

3.1 Bidders empanelled as System Integrator (SI) under R-

APDRP shall be eligible to bid

(a) ITIA-SI shall have capability and ability to scale up the

existing RAPDRP infrastructure to Non-RAPDRP areas.

Any part of work being subcontracted by SI shall be

mentioned in the bid proposal with complete details of

sub-contractor.

(b) The SI (Lead member in case of a consortium for SI

Role) shall have the authority to conduct all businesses

for and on behalf of any and all the parties during the

bidding process and, in the event the SI is awarded the

Contract, during contract execution.

(c) The SI (Lead member in case of a consortium for SI

Role) shall be wholly responsible for execution of the

contract.

(d) In case of non-performance (slippage in milestones,

scope & quality of work, discipline, etc. as assessed by

utility) and/or bankruptcy of any of the subcontracted

ITIA roles, the SI (Lead member in case of a consortium

for SI Role) shall take necessary remedial action

through addition/change of subcontractor for the

concerned ITIA role. The addition/change of

subcontractor for concerned ITIA role shall be with

necessary prior approval of the utility and shall be at no

Page 21: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 21 of 193

additional cost to the project cost already quoted at the

time of bidding for the project. The addition/change of

subcontractor for concerned ITIA role shall only be from

the list of empanelled members for ITIA roles.

3.2 Bidder or the Lead Member in case of a Consortium shall not

have a conflict of interest with one or more parties in this bidding

process. Participation by Bidder(s) with a conflict of interest

situation will result in the disqualification of all Bids in which it is

involved. Purchaser considers a conflict of interest to be a

situation in which a party has interests that could improperly

influence that party’s performance of official duties or

responsibilities, contractual obligations, or compliance with

applicable laws and regulations, and that such conflict of

interest may contribute to or constitute a prohibited corrupt

practice. A Bidder may be considered to be in a conflict of

interest with one or more parties in this bidding process if,

including but not limited to:

(a) receive or have received any direct or indirect subsidy

from any of them; or

(b) have the same legal representative for purposes of this

Bid; or

(c) have a relationship with each other, directly or through

common third parties, that puts them in a position to

have access to information about or influence on the Bid

of another Bidder, or influence the decisions of the

Purchaser regarding this bidding process; or

(d) If the SI (single bidder or consortium) or any of its sub-

contractors is/are part of IT Consultant appointed by the

Nigam (DHBVN and UHBVN)

(e) if the SI or any of its sub-contractors get associated as

Consultant / Advisor / Third party independent

evaluating agency with any of the agencies taking part

in the bid process of Nigam. For any given project area,

the IT consultant and the IT implementation agency

cannot be the same. An IT Consultant and IT

implementation agency (SI and/or its subcontractors if

any) may be considered to be in a conflict of interest with

one or more parties in this process if they have

controlling shareholders in common;

(f) Participation by Bidder(s) with a conflict of interest

situation will result in the disqualification. Furthermore,

the Nodal Agency reserves the right to debar/bar

bidders from all other process of empanelment including

cancellation of existing panels under R-APDRP.

Page 22: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 22 of 193

Except SI, any of sub-contractor may provide sub-

contractual services to more than one bidder for the

same bid.

3.3 Bidders shall provide such evidence of their continued eligibility

satisfactory to the Purchaser, as the Purchaser shall

reasonably request.

4. Eligible

Goods and

Related

Services

4.1 For the purpose of this Clause, the term “Goods” includes

hardware, software, networking equipments and cables; and

“Related services” includes services such as insurance,

transportation, associated documentation, installation,

customization, integration, field survey, testing and

commissioning, training, technical support, maintenance, repair

and other necessary services to be provided by the selected

bidder and necessary for successful implementation of the

project as specified in the contract.

4.2 In case Bidder that does not manufacture or produce the Goods

it offers to supply shall submit the Manufacturer’s Authorization

using the form included in Section 8.0, Bidding Forms to

demonstrate that it has been duly authorized by the

manufacturer or producer of the Goods to supply these Goods.

5.2. Contents of Bidding Document

1. Sections of

the Bidding

Document

1.1 The Bidding Document consists of the sections as indicated

below and should be read in conjunction with any Addenda

issued in accordance with ITB section 5.2. Clause 3.

1.0. About Discoms ..................................................................4

2.0. About the Project ..............................................................6

3.0. Bid Schedule ...................................................................12

4.0. Bid Summary ..................................................................12

5.0. Instructions to Bidders.....................................................19

6.0. Bid Data Sheet ................................................................41

7.0. Eligibility Criteria .............................................................44

8.0. Bidding Forms .................................................................49

9.0. Scope of Work ................................................................58

10.0. General Conditions of Contract .......................................72

11.0. Special Conditions of Contract ........................................96

12. Appendices ........................................................................... 104

1.2 The Invitation for Bids issued by the Purchaser is a part of the

Bidding Document.

Page 23: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 23 of 193

1.3 The Purchaser is not responsible for the completeness of the

Bidding Document and its addenda, if they were not obtained

directly from the Purchaser.

1.4 The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms,

terms, and specifications in the Bidding Document. Failure to

furnish all information or documentation required by the Bidding

Document may result in the rejection of the Bid.

2. Clarification

of Bidding

Document

2.1 A prospective Bidder requiring any clarification of the Bidding

Document shall contact the Purchaser in writing at the

Purchaser’s address indicated in the BDS. The Purchaser shall

forward copies of its response to all Bidders who have acquired

the Bidding Document directly from it, including a description of

the inquiry but without identifying its source. Should the

Purchaser deem it necessary to amend the Bidding Document

as a result of a clarification, it shall do so following the

procedure under section 5.2. ITB Clause 3 and section 5.4. ITB

Sub-Clause 2.2.

2.2 The Purchaser will organize a pre-bid conference at the time

and place indicated in BDS. The purpose of the conference will

be to clarify issues and answer queries that the bidders might

have. Bidders are requested to submit the queries in writing to

reach the purchaser not later than 5 days before the conference

in the format as given in Appendix G. Queries and responses

shall be communicated in accordance with section 5.2. ITB

Clause 2.1. Any modifications to the Bidding document listed in

section 5.2 ITB Clause 1 which may become necessary as a

result of pre-bid conference shall be made by the Purchaser

exclusively by issuing Addendum and not through the

clarifications of the pre-bid conference.

3. Amendment

of Bidding

Document

3.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of the Bids or

the award of the contract, the Purchaser may amend the

Bidding Document by issuing addenda.

3.2 The Purchaser, at its discretion for any reason whether at its

own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a

bidder may add, modify or remove any element of the Goods

(including hardware, software, networking etc.) or any

component of Related Service entirely or any part thereof from

the bid document till the time of award of contract. All bidders

will be notified of any such change.

3.3 In order to provide prospective Bidders reasonable time in

which to take the amendment into account in preparing their

bids, the Purchaser may, at its discretion, extend the last date

for the receipt of Bids.

Page 24: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 24 of 193

3.4 Any addendum issued shall be part of the Bidding Document

and shall be communicated in writing to all who have obtained

the Bidding Document directly from the Purchaser.

3.5 To give prospective Bidders reasonable time in which to take

an addendum into account in preparing their Bids, the

Purchaser may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the

submission of the Bids, pursuant to section 5.4. ITB Sub-

Clause 2.2.

5.3. Preparation of Bids

1. Cost of Bidding 1.1 The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the

preparation and submission of its Bid, and the Purchaser

shall not be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless

of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process.

2. Language of

Bid

2.1 The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents

relating to the Bid exchanged by the Bidder and the

Purchaser, shall be written in English. Supporting

documents and printed literature that are part of the Bid may

be in another language provided they are accompanied by

an accurate translation of the relevant passages in English,

in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the Bid, such

translation shall govern.

3. Documents

Comprising the

Bid

3.1 The Bid shall comprise two envelopes submitted

simultaneously and separately for both parts of the project

i.e. Part A and Part B, one containing the Technical Proposal

and the other the Price Proposal, enclosed together in an

outer single envelope.

3.2 Initially, only the Technical Proposals opened at the address,

date and time specified in section 5.4. ITB Sub-Clause 5.1.

The Price Proposals remain sealed and held in custody by

the Purchaser. The Technical Proposals shall be evaluated

by the Purchaser as per Evaluation Methodology mentioned

in Appendix-E. No amendments or changes to the Technical

Proposals are permitted. Bids with Technical Proposals

which do not conform to the mandatory requirements (as

specified in Appendix-A) will be termed as non-responsive

and will not be evaluated further.

3.3 Price Proposals of technically responsive Bids shall be

opened in public at the date and time to be advised by the

Purchaser. The Price Proposals shall be evaluated as per

Evaluation Methodology mentioned in Appendix-E.

Page 25: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 25 of 193

3.4 Contract shall be awarded to the Bidder whose Proposal

(Technical and Financial) obtains the maximum score

3.5 The Technical Proposal shall contain the following:

(a) Technical Proposal Submission Sheet;

(b) Bid Security, in accordance with section 5.3. ITB

Clause 12;

(c) Written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the

Bid to commit the Bidder, in accordance with section

5.3. ITB Clause 13;

(d) Documentary evidence in accordance with section

5.3. ITB Clause 8 establishing the Bidder’s eligibility

to bid;

(e) Documentary evidence in accordance with section

5.3. ITB Clauses 9 and section 5.5. clause 3, that the

Goods and Related Services conform to the Bidding

Document;

(f) Documentary evidence in accordance with section

5.3. ITB Clause 10 establishing the Bidder’s

qualifications to perform the contract if its Bid is

accepted; and

(g) any other document required in the BDS.

3.6 The Price Proposal shall contain the following:

(a) Price Proposal Submission Sheet and the applicable

Price Schedules, in accordance with section 5.3. ITB

Clauses 4, 6, and 7;

(b) any other document required in the BDS.

4. Bid Submission

Sheets and

Price Schedules

4.1 The Bidder shall submit the Technical Proposal and the

Price Proposal using the appropriate Submission Sheets

provided in Section 8.0, Bidding Forms and Supplier

response format, Appendix D. These forms must be

completed without any alterations to their format, and no

substitutes shall be accepted. All blank spaces shall be filled

in with the information requested.

4.2 The Bidder shall submit, as part of the Price Proposal, the

Price Schedules for Goods and Related Services, using the

forms furnished in Section 8.0, Bidding Forms and Supplier

response format, Appendix D.

4.3 The Bidders should take note of following points while

submitting the Price Proposal:-

Page 26: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 26 of 193

(a) Price Proposal should clearly indicate the price to be

charged without any qualifications whatsoever and

should include all taxes (sales, service, etc.), duties

(excise & customs, etc), fees, levies, works contract tax,

Entry tax and other charges as may be applicable, to be

paid pre- or post-delivery or to be deducted by the

purchaser at source, in relation to the Goods and Related

Services. Such taxes, duties, cess, charges etc, if not

explicitly mentioned in the Price bid tables in Appendix

D.3, but applicable under law, should be included in the

Quote under “Any other levies” column.

(b) The Purchaser will provide Central sales tax Form C,

whenever applicable.

(c) The Bidder will provide Tax rates assumed for the

calculation at the time of proposal for each item in notes

to respective table in Appendix D.3.

(d) Please refer to GCC Clause [13.2] and the SCC for Price

adjustments due to change in Tax rates (including local

taxes), duties, levies, cess, charges etc.

5. Alternative Bids 5.1 Alternative (alternate technology /architecture /design

/functionality or proposals with multiple options) bids shall

be rejected.

6. Bid Prices and

Discounts

6.1 The prices quoted by the Bidder in the Price Proposal

Submission Sheet and in the Price Proposal shall conform

to the requirements specified below.

6.2 All items in the mentioned in Section 9.0., Scope of Work

and Appendix B (Technical Specification) must be listed and

priced separately in the Price Schedules. If an item listed in

Price Schedule is not priced, their prices shall be assumed

to be included by the bidder in the prices of other items.

6.3 If an item is not listed in the Price Schedule, it shall be

assumed not to be included in the Bid. In such event, if the

bid is otherwise substantially responsive, Bid Price shall be

adjusted during evaluation of Price Proposals, for

comparison purposes only, to reflect the price of the missing

or non-conforming item or component. The price of the

missing or non-conforming item or component for this

purpose shall be the highest of the prices quoted by the

other bidders for such missing item or component.

6.4 The terms EXW, CIF, CIP, and other similar terms shall be

governed by the rules prescribed in the current edition of

Incoterms, published by The International Chamber of

Page 27: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 27 of 193

Commerce, at the date of the Invitation for Bids or as

specified in the BDS.

6.5 Prices quoted by the Bidder must be firm and final and shall

remain constant throughout the period of the contract and

shall not be subject to any upward modifications, except as

specified in the GCC Clause 14.2

6.6 The bidders are advised not to indicate any separate

discount. Discount, if any, should be merged with the quoted

prices. Discount of any type, indicated separately, will not be

taken into account for evaluation purpose. However, in the

event of such an offer, without considering the separate

discount, is found to be the lowest, the Purchaser shall avail

such discount at the time of award of contract.

7. Currencies of

Bid

7.1 Bidders may express their bid price in Indian Rupees only.

8. Documents

Establishing the

Eligibility of the

Bidder

8.1 To establish their eligibility in accordance with section 5.1.

ITB Clause 3, Bidders shall:

(a) complete the eligibility declarations in the Bid

Submission Sheet, included in Section 8.0., Bidding

Forms

9. Documents

Establishing the

Conformity of

the Goods and

Related

Services to the

Bidding

Document

9.1 To establish the conformity of the Goods and Related

Services to the Bidding Document, the Bidder shall furnish

as part of its Technical Proposal the documentary evidence

against Goods and related Services described in Appendix

B (Technical Specifications) and Section 9.0. Scope of

Work.

9.2 The documentary evidence may be in the form of literature,

drawings or data, and shall consist of a detailed description

of the essential technical and performance characteristics of

the Goods and Related Services, demonstrating substantial

responsiveness of the Goods and Related Services to those

requirements, and if applicable, a statement of deviations

and exceptions to the provisions of Appendix D;

9.3 Standards for workmanship, process, material, and

equipment, as well as references to brand names or

catalogue numbers specified by the Purchaser in the Scope

of Work, are intended to be descriptive only and not

restrictive. The Bidder may offer other standards of quality,

brand names, and/or catalogue numbers, provided that it

demonstrates, to the Purchaser’s satisfaction, that the

substitutions ensure substantial equivalence or are superior

to those specified in the Scope of Work.

Page 28: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 28 of 193

10. Documents

Establishing the

Qualification of

the Bidder

10.1 To establish its qualifications to perform the Contract, the

Bidder shall submit as part of its Technical Proposal the

evidence indicated for each qualification criteria specified in

Section 7.0., Eligibility Criteria. However, only those bidders

which have been empanelled for RAPDRP shall be eligible

to bid.

11. Period of

Validity of Bids

11.1 Bids shall remain valid for the period of 120 days after the

bid submission deadline date prescribed by the Purchaser.

A Bid valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by the

Purchaser as non-responsive.

11.2 In exceptional circumstances, prior to the expiration of the

bid validity period, the Purchaser may request Bidders to

extend the period of validity of their Bids. The request and

the responses shall be made in writing. The Bid Security

furnished in accordance with section 5.3. ITB Clause 12, it

shall also be extended for a corresponding period. A Bidder

may refuse the request without forfeiting its Bid Security. A

Bidder granting the request shall not be required or

permitted to modify its Bid.

12. Bid Security 12.1 The Bidder shall furnish as part of its Technical Proposal, a

Bid Security in original form and in the amount and currency

specified in the BDS.

12.2 The Bid Security shall be in the form of a bank guarantee

from a Scheduled bank as notified by Reserve Bank of India.

In case of a bank guarantee, the Bid Security shall be

submitted using the Bid Security Form included in the

Bidding Forms at Section 8.0. The form must include the

complete name of the Bidder. The Bid Security shall be valid

for sixty (60) days beyond the end of the validity period of

the bid. This shall also apply if the period for bid validity is

extended.

12.3 Any Bid not accompanied by a substantially responsive Bid

Security in accordance with section 5.3. ITB Sub-Clause

12.2 shall be rejected by the Purchaser as non-responsive.

12.4 The Bid Security of unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned

as promptly as possible upon the signing of the Contract with

the successful Bidder pursuant to section 5.6 ITB Clause 4

and 5.

12.5 The Bid Security of the successful Bidder shall be returned

as promptly as possible once the successful Bidder has

furnished the required Performance Security and signed the

Contract.

12.6 The Bid Security may be forfeited:

Page 29: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 29 of 193

(a) if a Bidder withdraws its Bid during the period of bid

validity as specified in section 5.3 ITB Clause 11.1

and 11.2, except as provided in section 5.3 ITB

Clause 12 or section 5.4. clause 4 ; or

(b) if the successful Bidder fails to :

o sign the Contract in accordance with section 5.6 ITB

Clause 4; or

o Furnish a Performance Security in accordance with

section 5.6. ITB Clause 5; or

o Accept the correction of its Bid Price pursuant to section

5.5. ITB Clause 5

o If the bidder is found to have submitted false particulars /

fake documents; or

o If the IT Implementation Agency (SI and its sub-

contractors) refuses to execute the job at his agreed

scope/quoted rates, after the purchaser issues the letter of

intent (LoI)

o Incidents of manipulation of rates by cartelization.

12.7 The Bid Security must be in the name of the system

integrator (Lead Member in case of consortium for system

integrator role)

13. Format and

Signing of Bid

13.1 The Bidder shall prepare one original of the Technical

Proposal and one original of the Price Proposal for both

parts of the project i.e. Part A and Part B as described in

section 5.3. ITB Clause 3 and clearly mark each “ORIGINAL

- TECHNICAL PROPOSAL PART A”, “ORIGINAL -

TECHNICAL PROPOSAL PART B”, “ORIGINAL - PRICE

PROPOSAL PART A” and “ORIGINAL - PRICE PROPOSAL

PART B”. In addition, the Bidder shall submit 4 (Four) copies

of the Technical Proposal and the Price Proposal, and

clearly mark them “COPY NO… - TECHNICAL PROPOSAL

PART A”, COPY NO… - TECHNICAL PROPOSAL PART

B”, “COPY NO…. - PRICE PROPOSAL PART A” and

“COPY NO…. - PRICE PROPOSAL PART B”. In the event

of any discrepancy between the original and the copies, the

original shall prevail.

All the bids should have numbered pages format (1 of n, 2

of n…where n =number of pages) with spiral binding.

13.2 The original and all copies of the Bid shall be typed or written

in indelible ink and shall be signed by a person duly

authorized to sign on behalf of the Bidder. This authorization

shall consist of a written confirmation as specified in the BDS

and shall be attached to the Bid. The name and position held

by each person signing the authorization must be typed or

printed below the signature. All pages of the Bid, except for

Page 30: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 30 of 193

un-amended printed literature, shall be signed or initialled by

the person signing the Bid. Response Formats duly filled

along with supporting documents shall be page numbered

and stitched, book bound as one volume. Each page of the

bid (along with the supporting documents including CVs)

should be signed by the authorised signatory. Spiral/Spico

bound documents with end sealed may also be accepted.

The documents submitted in any other way is liable to be

rejected.

13.3 Any interlineations, erasures, or overwriting shall be valid

only if they are signed or initialled by the person signing the

Bid.

5.4. Submission and Opening of Bids

1. Sealing and

Marking of

Bids

1.1 The Bidder shall enclose the original of the Technical

Proposal, the original of the Price Proposal, and each copy of

the Technical Proposal and each copy of the Price Proposal,

, in separate sealed envelopes, duly marking the envelopes

as “ORIGINAL - TECHNICAL PROPOSAL PART A”,

“ORIGINAL - TECHNICAL PROPOSAL PART B”, “ORIGINAL

- PRICE PROPOSAL PART A” and “ORIGINAL - PRICE

PROPOSAL PART B” and “COPY NO… - TECHNICAL

PROPOSAL PART A”, COPY NO… - TECHNICAL

PROPOSAL PART B”, “COPY NO…. - PRICE PROPOSAL

PART A” and “COPY NO…. - PRICE PROPOSAL PART B”,

as appropriate. These envelopes containing the original and

the copies shall then be enclosed in one single envelope.

1.2 The inner and outer envelopes shall:

(a) bear the name and address of the Bidder;

(b) be addressed to the Purchaser in accordance with

section 5.4. ITB Sub-Clause 2.1; and

(c) bear the specific identification of this bidding process

indicated in the BDS.

1.3 The outer envelopes and the inner envelopes containing the

Technical Proposals shall bear a warning not to open before

the time and date for the opening of Technical Proposals, in

accordance with section 5.4. ITB Sub-Clause 5.1.

1.4 The inner envelopes containing the Price Proposals shall bear

a warning not to open until advised by the Purchaser in

accordance with section 5.4. ITB Sub-Clause 5.2.

Page 31: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 31 of 193

1.5 If all envelopes are not sealed and marked as required, the

Purchaser will assume no responsibility for the misplacement

or premature opening and resultant disqualification of the bid.

2. Deadline for

Submission

of Bids

2.1 Bids must be received by the Purchaser no later than the date

and time, and at the address indicated in the BDS.

2.2 The Purchaser may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for

the submission of Bids by amending the Bidding Document in

accordance with section 5.2. ITB Clause 3, in which case all

rights and obligations of the Purchaser and Bidders previously

subject to the deadline shall thereafter be subject to the

deadline as extended.

3. Late Bids 3.1 The Purchaser shall not consider any Bid that arrives after the

deadline for submission of Bids, in accordance with section

5.4. ITB Clause 2. Any Bid received by the Purchaser after the

deadline for submission of Bids shall be declared late,

rejected, and returned unopened to the Bidder.

4. Withdrawal,

Substitution,

and

Modification

of Bids

4.1 A Bidder may withdraw, substitute, or modify its Bid after it has

been submitted by sending a written Notice, duly signed by an

authorized representative, and shall include a copy of the

authorization in accordance with section 5.3. ITB Sub-Clause

13.2. The corresponding substitution or modification of the bid

must accompany the respective written notice. All Notices

must be:

(a) Submitted in accordance with section 5.3. ITB Clauses

13 and section 5.4. clause 1 (except that Withdrawal

Notices do not require copies), and in addition, the

respective inner and outer envelopes shall be clearly

marked “Withdrawal,” “Substitution,” “Modification”;

and

(b) Received by the Purchaser prior to the deadline

prescribed for submission of bids, in accordance with

section 5.4. ITB Clause 2.

4.2 Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with section

5.4. ITB Sub-Clause 4.1 shall be returned unopened to the

Bidders.

4.3 No Bid shall be withdrawn, substituted, or modified in the

interval between the deadline for submission of bids and the

expiration of the period of bid validity specified in section 5.3.

ITB Clause 11.1 or any extension thereof.

5. Bid Opening 5.1 The Purchaser shall conduct the opening of Technical

Proposals in the presence of Bidders’ representatives who

Page 32: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 32 of 193

choose to attend, at the address, date and time specified in

the BDS.

5.2 The Price Proposals will remain unopened and will be held in

custody of the Purchaser until the time of opening of the Price

Proposals. The Purchaser shall advise the responsive bidders

in writing about the date, time, and location of the opening of

Price Proposals.

5.3 First, envelopes marked “WITHDRAWAL” shall be opened,

read out, and recorded, and the envelope containing the

corresponding Bid shall not be opened, but returned to the

Bidder. No Bid shall be withdrawn unless the corresponding

Withdrawal Notice contains a valid authorization to request

the withdrawal and is read out and recorded at bid opening.

5.4 Next, outer envelopes marked “SUBSTITUTION” shall be

opened. The inner envelopes containing the Substitution

Technical Proposal and/or Substitution Price Proposal shall

be exchanged for the corresponding envelopes being

substituted, which are to be returned to the Bidder unopened.

Only the Substitution Technical Proposal, if any, shall be

opened, read out, and recorded. Substitution Price Proposals

will remain unopened in accordance with section 5.4. ITB Sub-

Clause 5.2. No envelope shall be substituted unless the

corresponding Substitution Notice contains a valid

authorization to request the substitution and is read out and

recorded at bid opening.

5.5 Next, outer envelopes marked “MODIFICATION” shall be

opened. No Technical Proposal and/or Price Proposal shall

be modified unless the corresponding Modification Notice

contains a valid authorization to request the modification and

is read out and recorded at the opening of Technical

Proposals. Only the Technical Proposals, both Original as

well as Modification, are to be opened, read out, and recorded

at the opening. Price Proposals, both Original as well as

Modification, will remain unopened in accordance with section

5.4. ITB Sub-Clause 5.2.

5.6 All other envelopes holding the Technical Proposals shall be

opened one at a time, and the following read out and recorded

:

(a) the name of the Bidder;

(b) whether there is a modification or substitution;

(c) the presence of a Bid Security, if required; and

(d) any other details as the Purchaser may consider

appropriate.

Page 33: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 33 of 193

Only Technical Proposals read out and recorded at bid

opening shall be considered for evaluation. No Bid shall be

rejected at the opening of Technical Proposals except for

late bids in accordance with section 5.4. ITB Sub-Clause

3.1.

5.7 The Purchaser shall prepare a record of the opening of

Technical Proposals that shall include, as a minimum: the

name of the Bidder and whether there is a withdrawal,

substitution, modification; and the presence or absence of a

Bid Security. The Bidders’ representatives who are present

shall be requested to sign the record. The omission of a

Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the

contents and effect of the record. A copy of the record shall

be distributed to all Bidders.

5.8 On the basis of the evaluation of the Technical Proposals, the

Purchaser will invite bidders who have submitted responsive

Technical Proposals to attend the opening of the Price

Proposals. The date, time, and location of the opening of Price

Proposals will be advised in writing by the Purchaser. Bidders

shall be given reasonable notice of the opening of Price

Proposals.

5.9 The Purchaser will notify Bidders in writing that have been

rejected on the grounds of being non-responsive to the

requirements of the Bidding Document and return their Price

Proposals unopened, before the opening of the price

proposal.

5.10 The Purchaser shall conduct the opening of Price Proposals

of all Bidders who submitted responsive Technical Proposals,

in the presence of Bidders` representatives who choose to

attend at the address, date and time specified by the

Purchaser. The Bidder’s representatives who are present

shall be requested to sign a register evidencing their

attendance.

5.11 All envelopes containing Price Proposals shall be opened one

at a time and the following read out and recorded:

(a) the name of the Bidder

(b) whether there is a modification or substitution;

(c) the Bid Prices,; and

(d) any other details as the Purchaser may consider

appropriate.

Page 34: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 34 of 193

Only Price Proposals, read out and recorded during the

opening of Price Proposals shall be considered for evaluation.

No Bid shall be rejected at the opening of Price Proposals.

5.12 The Purchaser shall prepare a record of the opening of Price

Proposals that shall include, as a minimum: the name of the

Bidder, the Bid Price. The Bidders’ representatives who are

present shall be requested to sign the record. The omission of

a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the

contents and effect of the record. A copy of the record shall

be distributed to all Bidders.

5.5. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids

1. Confidentiality 1.1 Information relating to the examination, evaluation,

comparison and recommendation of contract award, shall

not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially

concerned with such process.

1.2 Any attempt by a Bidder to influence the Purchaser in the

examination, evaluation, comparison, and post qualification

of the Bids or Contract award decisions may result in the

rejection of its Bid.

1.3 Notwithstanding section 5.5 ITB Sub-Clause 1.2, from the

time of opening the Technical Proposals to the time of

Contract award, if any Bidder wishes to contact the

Purchaser on any matter related to the bidding process, it

should do so in writing. If the bidder or any of his

subcontractors/consortium members meet the Purchaser’s

personnel, it will be considered as “coercive practices”, and

may result in rejection of the bid.

2. Clarification of

Bids

2.1 To assist in the examination, evaluation, comparison and

post-qualification of the Bids, the Purchaser may, at its

discretion, ask any Bidder for a clarification of its Bid. Any

clarification submitted by a Bidder that is not in response to

a request by the Purchaser shall not be considered. The

Purchaser’s request for clarification and the response shall

be in writing. No change in the prices or substance of the Bid

shall be sought, offered, or permitted, except to confirm the

correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the Purchaser

in the evaluation of the Price Proposals, in accordance with

section 5.5. ITB Clause 4.

Page 35: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 35 of 193

3. Responsivene

ss of

Technical

Proposal

3.1 The Purchaser’s determination of the responsiveness of a

Technical Proposal is to be based on the contents of the

Technical Proposal itself.

3.2 A responsive Technical Proposal is one that conforms to all

the mandatory requirements, terms, conditions, and

specifications of the Bidding Document without material

deviation, reservation, or omission. A material deviation,

reservation, or omission is one that:

(a) does not meet all the mandatory requirements (as

specified in Appendix-A)

(b) affects the scope, quality, or performance of the

Goods and Related Services specified in the

Contract; or

(c) limits or is inconsistent with the Bidding Document,

the Purchaser’s rights or the Bidder’s obligations

under the Contract; or

(d) if rectified would unfairly affect the competitive

position of other Bidders presenting responsive

Technical Proposals.

3.3 If a Technical Proposal is not responsive to the Bidding

Document, it shall be rejected by the Purchaser and shall not

subsequently be made responsive by the Bidder by

correction of the material deviation, reservation, or omission.

4. Non

conformities,

Errors, and

Omissions

4.1 Provided that a Technical Proposal is responsive, the

Purchaser may waive any non-conformity or omission in the

Bid that does not constitute a material deviation.

4.2 Provided that a Technical Proposal is responsive, the

Purchaser may request that the Bidder should submit the

necessary information or documentation, within a

reasonable period of time, to rectify nonmaterial,

nonconformities or omissions in the Technical Proposal

related to documentation requirements. Such omission shall

not be related to any aspect of the Price Proposal of the Bid.

Failure of the Bidder to comply with the request may result

in the rejection of its Bid.

4.3 Provided that a Technical Proposal is responsive, the

Purchaser will rectify nonmaterial nonconformities or

omissions. To this effect, the Bid Price shall be adjusted

during evaluation of Price Proposals, for comparison

purposes only, to reflect the price of the missing or non-

conforming item or component. The adjustment shall be

Page 36: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 36 of 193

made using the method indicated in Section 13.2 of Section

10.0. - GCC.

4.4 Provided that the Technical Proposal is responsive, the

Purchaser will correct arithmetical errors during evaluation

of Price Proposals on the following basis:

(a) if there is a discrepancy between the unit price and

the total price that is obtained by multiplying the unit

price and quantity, the unit price shall prevail and the

total price shall be corrected, unless in the opinion of

the Purchaser there is an obvious misplacement of

the decimal point in the unit price, in which case the

total price as quoted shall govern and the unit price

shall be corrected;

(b) if there is an error in a total corresponding to the

addition or subtraction of subtotals, the subtotals

shall prevail and the total shall be corrected; and

(c) if there is a discrepancy between words and figures,

the amount in words shall prevail. However, where

the amount expressed in words is related to an

arithmetic error, the amount in figures shall prevail

subject to (a) and (b) above.

(d) if there is a discrepancy between percentage and

figures related to various taxes or levies, the

percentage shall prevail over figure mentioned.

However, where the amount expressed in

percentage is related to an arithmetic error, the

amount in figures shall prevail subject to (a) and (b)

above. It should also be noted that at time of payment

against, the prevailing tax/levy rates will be used as

on the date of approval of payment.

(e) Except as provided in sub-clauses (a) to (c) herein

above, the Purchaser shall reject the Price Proposal

if the same contains any other computational or

arithmetic discrepancy or error.

4.5 If the Bidder that submitted the lowest evaluated Bid does

not accept the correction of errors, its Bid shall be

disqualified and its Bid Security shall be forfeited.

5. Preliminary

Examination

of Bids

5.1 The Purchaser shall examine the Technical Proposal to

confirm that all documents and technical documentation

requested in section 5.3. ITB Sub-Clause 3.5 have been

provided, and to determine the completeness of each

document submitted.

Page 37: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 37 of 193

5.2 The Purchaser shall confirm that the following documents

and information have been provided in the Technical

Proposal. If any of these documents or information is

missing, the offer shall be rejected.

(a) Technical Proposal Submission Sheet in accordance

with section 5.3. ITB Sub-Clause 4.1;

(b) written confirmation of authorization to commit the

Bidder;

(c) Bid Security; and

(d) Manufacturer’s Authorization, where applicable.

5.3 Likewise, following the opening of Price Proposals, the

Purchaser shall examine the Price Proposals to confirm that

all documents and financial documentation requested in

section 5.3. ITB Sub-Clause 3.6 have been provided, and to

determine the completeness of each document submitted.

5.4 The Purchaser shall confirm that the following documents

and information have been provided in the Price Proposal.

If any of these documents or information is missing, the offer

shall be rejected.

(a) Price Proposal Submission Sheet in accordance with

section 5.3. ITB Sub-Clause 4.1; and

(b) Price Schedules, in accordance with section 5.3. ITB

Clauses 4, 6, and 7.

6. Examination

of Terms and

Conditions;

Technical

Evaluation

6.1 The Purchaser shall examine the Bids to confirm that all

terms and conditions specified in the GCC and the SCC

have been accepted by the Bidder without any material

deviation or reservation.

6.2 The Purchaser shall evaluate the technical aspects of the

Bid submitted in accordance with section 5.3. ITB Clause 10,

to confirm that all requirements specified in the Scope of

Work at Section 9.0. and Appendix B, Technical

Specification., of the Bidding Document have been met

without any material deviation or reservation.

6.3 If, after the examination of the terms and conditions and the

technical evaluation, the Purchaser determines that the

Technical Proposal is not responsive in accordance with

section 5.5. ITB Clause 4, it shall reject the Bid.

7. Margin of

Preference

7.1 No margin of preference shall apply.

Page 38: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 38 of 193

8. Evaluation of

Bids

8.1 The Purchaser shall evaluate Price Proposals of each Bid

for which the Technical Proposal has been determined to be

responsive.

8.2 To evaluate a Price Proposal, the Purchaser shall only use

all the criteria and methodologies defined in this Clause and

in Section 7.0., Eligibility Criteria and evaluation

methodology in Appendix-E. No other criteria or

methodology shall be permitted.

8.3 To evaluate a Price Proposal, the Purchaser shall consider

the following:

(a) The Bid Price quoted in Price Proposal Submission

Sheet i.e. inclusive of all duties, levies and taxes.

(b) Price adjustment in accordance with section 5.3.

Clause 6.3 of ITB for missing or non-conforming

item(s) or component(s).

(c) Price adjustment for correction of arithmetic errors in

accordance with section 5.5. ITB Sub-Clause 4.4;

8.4 For comparison of the combined Technical and Price Score

of all responsive bidders, following formula shall be used

(a) Total Score = (Technical Score x 0.50) + (LP/FPx100) x

0.50. Where LP is the lowest price offer and FP is the

price offer of the firm being evaluated

(b) Contracts shall be awarded only to the bidder with the

highest evaluated Total Score

9. Comparison of

Bids

9.1 The Purchaser shall compare all responsive bids to

determine the bid with the maximum score, in accordance

with section 5.5 ITB Clause 8.

10. Post-

qualification

of the Bidder

10.1 The Purchaser shall determine to its satisfaction during the

evaluation of Technical Proposals whether Bidders are

qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily.

10.2 The determination shall be based upon an examination of

the documentary evidence of the Bidder’s qualifications

submitted by the Bidder, pursuant to section 5.3. ITB Clause

10 and to clarifications in accordance with section 5.5. ITB

Clause 2. The eligible bidder or lead bidder in case of

consortium shall only be as empanelled as R-APDRP ITIA-

SI thereby meeting qualifying requirements as mentioned in

Eligibility Criteria (Section 7.0.).

10.3 An affirmative determination in accordance with this clause

shall be a prerequisite for the opening and evaluation of a

Bidder’s Price Proposal. A negative determination shall

Page 39: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 39 of 193

result into the disqualification of the Bid, in which event the

Purchaser shall return the unopened Price Proposal to the

Bidder.

11. Purchaser’s

Right to

Accept Any

Bid, and to

Reject Any or

All Bids

11.1 The Purchaser reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid,

and to annul the bidding process and reject all Bids at any

time prior to Contract award, without thereby incurring any

liability to the Bidders.

5.6. Award of Contract

1. Award

Criteria

1.1 The Purchaser shall award the Contract to the Bidder whose

offer has been awarded the maximum score and is responsive

to the Bidding Document, provided that such Bidder continues

to remain empanelled as per the list (along with any updation

/modifications from time to time) released by the Nodal

Agency.

2. Purchaser’s

Right to Vary

Quantities at

Time of

Award

2.1 At the time the Contract is awarded, the quantity of Goods and

Related Services for a project area shall not be modified.

However purchaser reserves the right to increase or decrease

the quantity of material under the contract subject to the limit

of 30% of the existing quantity of material covered under the

contract, without any change in the unit prices or other terms

and conditions of the Bid and the Bidding Document.

3. Notification

of Award

3.1 Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity, the

Purchaser shall notify the successful Bidder, in writing, that its

Bid has been accepted.

3.2 Until a formal Contract is prepared and executed, the

notification of award shall constitute a binding Contract.

4. Signing of

Contract

4.1 Promptly after notification, the Purchaser shall send to the

successful Bidder the Agreement, a copy of SLA and the

General and Special Conditions of Contract.

4.2 Within fourteen (14) days of receipt of the Agreement, the

successful Bidder shall sign, date, and return it to the

Purchaser.

4.3 The successful Bidder shall provide an undertaking that the

key staff identified for the project (as submitted in its bid

proposal) shall be available for the respective proposed work

requirement, anytime during the duration of the project, till its

Page 40: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 40 of 193

successful completion. The same is intended to be published

by the Utility on their website for the information of other

utilities who intend to appoint ITIA, for avoiding any in

resource deployment

5. Performance

Security

5.1 Within fourteen (14) days of the receipt of notification of award

from the Purchaser, the successful Bidder shall furnish the

Performance Security (Equal to ten percent of the total

Contract Price) in accordance with the GCC, using for that

purpose the Performance Security Form included in Section

12.2, Appendices.

5.2 Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the above-

mentioned Performance Security or sign the Contract shall

constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award

and forfeiture of the Bid Security. In that event the Purchaser

may award the Contract to the next successful Bidder whose

offer is responsive and is determined by the Purchaser to be

qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily.

6. Local

Conditions

It will be imperative on each bidder to fully inform himself of

all local conditions and factors which may have any effect on

the execution of the works covered under these documents

and specifications. The purchaser shall not entertain any

request for clarifications from the bidders, regarding such

local conditions. It must be understood and agreed that such

factors have properly been investigated and considered while

submitting the proposals. No claim for financial adjustment to

the contract awarded under these specifications and

documents will be entertained by the purchaser. Neither any

change in the time schedule of the contract nor any financial

adjustments arising thereof shall be permitted by the

purchaser, which are based on the lack of such clear

information or its effect on cost of the works to the bidder.

5.7. Interpretation

1. Interpretati

on of the

SRS and

the RFP

document

1.1 This Bid Document, inclusive of the SRS document, Schedules,

annexure(s), the statements, exhibits and sections, if any,

comprises the whole and complete Document

1.2 This RFP document should be read in consonance with the

SRS document. In the RFP document references to the SRS

have been provided. In case there is no reference relating to a

particular clause(s) of the SRS, it should be deemed as the said

reference has been provided. The bidder is required to read

both the documents and would be deemed to be in knowledge

Page 41: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 41 of 193

of the provisions of both the SRS and the RFP document. No

claim of any nature whatsoever shall be entertained in this

regard.

1.3 In case of any conflict with any provision relating to the SRS

document and the RFP document, the provisions of the RFP

document shall prevail for all intents and purposes

6.0. Bid Data Sheet

A. Introduction

Section 5.1. ITB

sub clause 1.1

The number of the Invitation for Bids is : TER-03/RAPDRP/2014

Section 5.1. ITB

sub clause 1.1

Cost of Bid Document is : 10,000 INR

Section 5.1. ITB

sub clause 1.1

The Purchaser is:

The Chief Engineer / RAPDRP,

Dakshin Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited,

Vidyut Sadan, Vidyut Nagar, Hissar-125005 Haryana

Email : [email protected]

Phone:01662-223194; Fax:01662-222126

Section 5.1. ITB

sub clause 1.1

The name of the ICB is: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed

under R-APDRP to whole DHBVN and UHBVN

The identification number of the ICB is: TER-03/RAPDRP/2014

B. Bidding Document

Section 5.2. ITB

sub clause 2.1

For clarification purposes only, the Purchaser’s address is:

The Chief Engineer / RAPDRP,

Dakshin Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited,

Vidyut Sadan, Vidyut Nagar, Hissar-125005 Haryana

Email : [email protected]

Phone:01662-223194; Fax:01662-222126

Section 5.2. ITB

sub clause 2.2

Details of Pre-Bid conference:

Date: 11-Sep-2014

Venue: Conference Room, Vidyut Sadan, Vidyut Nagar, Hissar-

125005 Haryana

Time: 11:00 AM

Page 42: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 42 of 193

C. Preparation of Bids

Section 5.3 ITB

sub clause 2.1

The language of the Bid is: English

Section 5.3 ITB

sub clause 3.5

(g)

The Bidder shall submit with its Technical Proposal the following

additional documents:

Refer to Appendix D.2

Section 5.3 ITB

sub clause 3.6

(b)

The Bidder shall submit with its Price Proposal the following

additional documents:

Refer to Appendix D.3

Section 5.3 ITB

sub clause 5.1

Alternative Bids shall not be permitted.

Section 5.3 ITB

sub clause 6.4

The Incoterms edition is: Year 2000

Section 5.3 ITB

sub clause 6.5

The prices quoted by the Bidder shall be: Firm (subject to Section

10.0. GCC 13.2)

Section 5.3 ITB

clause 7

Bidders may express their bid price in INR. Wherever reference to

“Rupees” or “Rs.” as currency has been made, the same should be

taken as “Indian Rupees”.

Section 5.3 ITB

sub clause 11.1

The bid validity period shall be 90 days after the bid submission

deadline date prescribed by the Purchaser.

Section 5.3 ITB

sub clause 12.1

The Bid Security shall be required and the amount required to be

furnished in Indian Rupee is indicated hereunder

Bid Identification No: TER-03/RAPDRP/2014

Particular: In the form of Bank Guarantee and payable to

“Dakshin Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited”

Bid Security (INR): Five Crores (5 Crores) In the form of Bank

Guarantee

D. Submission and Opening of Bids

Section 5.3 ITB

sub clause 13.1

In addition to the original of the Bid, the number of copies is: FOUR

Section 5.3 ITB

sub clause 13.2

The written confirmation of Authorization to sign on behalf of the

Bidder shall consist of:

Page 43: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 43 of 193

Notarized Power of Attorney: - If the bidder is from a country where

this practice is not used then a similar legal instrument of

authorization as applicable under the home country laws of bidder

must be provided.

Section 5.4. ITB

sub clause 1.2

(c)

The identification of this bidding process is:

The identification of this bidding process is: Single stage Two

envelope

The name of ICB: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under

R-APDRP to whole DHBVN and UHBVN

Bid Identification

No Particulars

The bid identification No. shall be mentioned by the Bidder

prominently on the top of envelope for the lots in the following

manner :

(a) Bidding process for the bid is : “Single stage Two envelope”

(b) Bid identification No. TER-03/RAPDRP/2014

Section 5.4. ITB

sub clause 2.1

For bid submission purposes only, the Purchaser’s address is :

The Chief Engineer / RAPDRP,

Dakshin Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited,

Vidyut Sadan, Vidyut Nagar, Hissar-125005 Haryana

Section 5.4. ITB

sub clause 2.1

The deadline for bid submission is:

Date: 7-Oct-2014

Time: up to 1 PM

Wherever reference to “Time” has been made, the same shall be

taken as Indian Standard Time. If time is mentioned in “P.M”, the

same shall be converted into Hours by adding 12 Hours e.g. 2 P.M

equal to 2 + 12 i.e. “14.00 Hours IST”

Page 44: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 44 of 193

Section 5.4. sub

clause 5.1

The bid opening shall take place at:

O/o Chief Engineer/RAPDRP, DHBVN, Vidyut Sadan, Vidyut

Nagar, Hisar

Date: 7-Oct-2014

Time: at 3 PM

E. Evaluation, and Comparison of Bids

Section 5.5. ITB

sub clause 7.1

A margin of preference shall not apply.

Section 5.5. ITB

clause 9

The currency that shall be used for bid evaluation and comparison

purposes to convert all bid prices expressed in various currencies

into a single currency is: Indian Rupees.

F. Award of Contract

Section 5.6. ITB

sub clause 2.1

The percentage by which quantity of material may be increased is:

30 percent of the estimated quantity of material.

The percentage by which quantity of material may be decreased is:

30 percent of the estimated quantity of material.

Section 5.6. ITB

sub clause 5.1

If the successful bidder fails to furnish the required Performance

Security within 14 days of the receipt of notification of award, the

Purchaser reserves the right to terminate the award by forfeiting Bid

Security without any notice.

Section 5.6. ITB

sub clause 5.2

If the successful bidder fails to sign the Contract Agreement within

14 days from the date the successful bidder’s receipt of the Contract

Agreement, the Purchaser reserves the right to terminate the award

by forfeiting Bid Security without any notice.

7.0. Eligibility Criteria

In case of single bidder both QR of system integrator and network solution provider

should be compiled

Two SI can participate in single bid as consortium subject to compliance of QR for SI-

1st and SI-2nd as mentioned under QR for System Integrator

In case of consortium (with network solution provider), ITIA-SI should be lead bidder.

Lead bidder should fulfill QR for system Integrator while network solution provider

should fulfill QR for network solution provider

Page 45: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 45 of 193

Lead Bidder should be empaneled as ITIA-SI under R-APDRP scheme.

QR for system integrator and network solution provider are given below:

QR for System Integrator

The Lead member (referred as SI-Lead) and the 2nd consortium member (in case of

a consortium; referred as SI-2nd) should meet the QR as mentioned below:

For all bidders (except power sector utilities)

i. The SI must have implemented at least one system integration project covering

IT applications, Servers and PCs, WAN with connectivity between atleast 10

locations, during the last three financial years. In case of a consortium, this

requirement needs to be met by the SI-Lead.

(Proof: Necessary Purchase order/LOI/Contract/Certification on client

letterhead/Performance certificate as proof of services provided for the last 3

financial years needs to be submitted)

ii. The SI should have cumulative turnover of at least Rs. 300 crore for the last

three audited financial years. In case of a consortium, the consortium as a whole

(SI-Lead and SI-2nd combined) should have cumulative turnover of at least Rs.

300 crore for the last three audited financial years. The SI-Lead should have a

turnover of at least Rs. 270 crore for the last three audited financial years.

(Proof: Annual Audited Financial Statements for last three financial years )

iii. The SI should have a positive net worth not less than paid-up equity, in each of

the last three audited financial years. In case of a consortium, both the SI-Lead

and SI-2nd should have positive net worth not less than paid-up equity in each

of the last three audited financial years.

(Proof: Annual Accounts for last three financial years )

iv. The SI should have been in the IT / Software services for the last 3 years. In

case of a consortium, this requirement needs to be met by the SI-Lead.

(Proof for which to be submitted in the form of Incorporation Certificate along with

Memorandum & Articles of Association)

v. The SI should have implemented a turnkey Systems Integration project in the

last three financial years involving at least 5 of the following modules: MIS, Web

Self Service, Asset Management, Maintenance Management, Billing, Metering,

Energy Auditing/Accounting, Customer Care, Network, Hardware in any Utility

(Power/Gas/Water/Telecom sectors) or infrastructure sector

(rail/road/port/airport). The total consumer base covered by the SI for such

project in the any Utility should not be less than 50,000. This requirement is not

applicable for infrastructure sector (rail/road/port/airport) projects as these cater

Page 46: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 46 of 193

to mass consumers. In case of a consortium, the requirement of at least 5

modules is distributed as follows: SI-Lead needs to meet the above requirement

for at least 4 modules, and the SI-2nd for at least 1 module.

(Proof: Necessary Purchase order/LOI/Contract/Certification on client

letterhead/Performance certificate as proof of services provided for the last 3

financial years needs to be submitted)

vi. The SI should have worked with at least one utility (Power/Gas/Water/Telecom

sectors) or infrastructure sector (rail/road/port/airport) in implementing turnkey

Systems Integration projects. The total worth of projects executed in this domain

for the last three financial years should be atleast INR 50 crore (USD10 million).

In case of a consortium, this requirement needs to be met by the SI-Lead.

(Proof: Necessary Purchase order/LOI/Contract/Certification on client

letterhead/Performance certificate as proof of services provided for the last 3

financial years needs to be submitted)

vii. The SI should be ISO 9001:2000 or have at least CMM/CMMI level 4

certification. In case of a consortium, this requirement needs to be met by the

SI-Lead.

(Proof: Copy of certification from authorized certification body)

viii. The SI should have at least 20 personnel on its rolls with a minimum experience

of 5 years (either in his/her own or other organization). The roles &

responsibilities of the personnel should include system integration of IT

applications or software or hardware or network. In case of a consortium, the

requirement of at least 20 personnel is distributed as follows: SI-Lead needs to

meet the above requirement for at least 15 CVs, and the SI-2nd for at least 5

CVs

(Proof: Signed resume of employees need to be submitted. Scanned signatures

shall be accepted.)

For power sector utility as bidder (no consortium allowed under this category)

i. The SI must have implemented, within its own organisation, at least one system

integration project covering IT applications, Servers and PCs, WAN project with

connectivity between at least 10 locations during the last three financial years.

ii. The SI should have cumulative turnover of at least Rs.2,500 crore for the last

three audited financial years.

(Proof: Annual Audited Financial Statements for last three financial years )

iii. The SI should have a positive net worth not less than paid-up equity in each of

the last three audited financial years.

(Proof: Annual Audited Financial Statements for last three financial years )

Page 47: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 47 of 193

iv. The SI should have implemented a turnkey Systems Integration project involving

at least any 5 of the following modules: GIS, MIS, Web Self Service, Asset

Management, Maintenance Management, Billing, Metering, Energy Auditing /

Accounting, Customer Care, Network, hardware. The total consumer base

covered by the SI for such project in any Utility should not be less than 50,000.

This requirement is not applicable for infrastructure sector (rail/road/port/airport)

projects as these cater to mass consumers. The total worth of turnkey Systems

Integration projects implemented by the SI in above domain should be at least

INR 50 crore (USD10 million).

v. The SI should have at least 20 personnel on its rolls with a minimum experience

of 5 years (either in his/her own or other organization). The roles &

responsibilities of the personnel should include system integration of IT

applications or software or hardware or network.

(Proof: Signed resume of employees need to be submitted. Scanned signatures

shall be accepted.)

Proof of credentials for experience (refer i and iv above) should be either of the

following:

•The ARR/DPRs which have been approved by respective Regulatory Commission,

with clear mention of the project details and its value. The same should be supported

by an undertaking from the Company Secretary

•Auditor’s certification along with Undertaking by Company Secretary with clear

mention of the project details and its value (including module wise go-live dates and

the current status of the project)

QR for Network Solution Provider

For all bidders (except power sector utilities)

i. The Network Solution Provider should have implemented at least 5 multi-location

WAN projects (installation, integration, maintenance & management) during the last

three financial years out of which at least two projects should have involved Leased

Lines or ISDN or VSAT or RF or DSL or VPN /MPLS or Fibre Optics or a combination

of these technologies for a customer having a minimum of 10 WAN locations.

(Proof: Necessary Purchase order/LOI/Contract/Certification on client

letterhead/Performance certificate as proof of services provided for the last 3

financial years needs to be submitted)

ii. The Network Solution Provider should have been in the Network

installation/maintenance services for the last 3 years.

Page 48: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 48 of 193

(Proof for which to be submitted in the form of Incorporation Certificate along with

Memorandum & Articles of Association)

iii. The Network Solution Provider should have cumulative turnover of at least Rs. 60

crore for the last three audited financial years.

(Proof: Annual Audited Financial Statements for last three financial years )

iv. The Network Solution Provider should have a positive net worth in each of the last

three audited financial years.

(Proof: Annual Audited Financial Statements for last three financial years )

v. Network Solution Provider should be an ISO 9001:2000 certified company.

(Proof: Copy of certification from authorized certification body)

vi. The Network Solution Provider should have at least 10 personnel on its rolls with a

minimum experience of 5 years (either in his/her own or other organization). The

roles & responsibilities of the personnel should include installation or integration or

maintenance or management of network systems.

(Proof: Signed resume of employees need to be submitted. Scanned signatures

shall be accepted.)

For power sector utility as bidder

i. The Network Solution Provider should have implemented, within its own

organization, at least one project involving Leased Lines or ISDN or VSAT or RF

or DSL or VPN /MPLS or Fibre Optics or a combination of these technologies

having a minimum of 10 WAN locations during last three financial years.

ii. The Network Solution Provider should have cumulative turnover of at least Rs.

2500 crore for the last three audited financial years.

(Proof: Annual Audited Financial Statements for last three financial years )

iii. The Network Solution Provider should have a positive net worth in each of the

last three audited financial years.

(Proof: Annual Audited Financial Statements for last three financial years )

iv. The Network Solution Provider should have at least 10 personnel on its rolls with

a minimum experience of 5 years (either in his/her own or other organization).

The roles & responsibilities of the personnel should include installation or

integration or maintenance or management of network systems.

(Proof: Signed resume of employees need to be submitted. Scanned signatures

shall be accepted.)

Proof of credentials for experience (refer above) should be either of the following:

Page 49: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 49 of 193

The ARR/DPRs which have been approved by respective Regulatory Commission,

with clear mention of the project details and its value. The same should be supported

by an undertaking from the Company Secretary

Auditor’s certification along with Undertaking by Company Secretary with clear

mention of the project details and its value (including module wise go-live dates and

the current status of the project)

8.0. Bidding Forms

Table of Forms

8.1 Technical Proposal Submission Sheet

8.2 Price Proposal Submission Sheet

8.3 Bid Security

8.4 Manufacturer’s Authorization

8.5 Certificate as to Corporate Principal

Page 50: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 50 of 193

8.1. Technical Proposal Submission Sheet

Date:

ICB No.:

Invitation for Bid No.:

Alternative No.:

To:

___________________________________________________________________

We, the undersigned, declare that:

(a) We have examined and have no reservations to the Bidding Document, including

Addenda No. (if Any):

(b) We offer to supply in conformity with the Bidding Document and in accordance with

the delivery schedule, the following Goods and Related Services as per part …….

(Part A /part B) of the project.

Part A

Application Changes

Building up of Commercial Database

Part B

Office Infrastructure

New bandwidth for Offices to DC/DR and increase in bandwidth for DC

and DR

Supply and installation of Modems and GPRS Sims for Substation, HT

meters and LTCT meters

FMS for Office infrastructure, Modems, SIMS (parts and replacement)

*Please refer section 9.0., Scope of Work, for details of Part A/Part B items.

(c) Our Bid shall be valid for a minimum period of 90 days from the date fixed for the bid

submission deadline in accordance with the Bidding Document, and it shall remain

binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period;

(d) If our Bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a Performance Security in the amount of

10 percent of the Contract Price for the due performance of the Contract;

(e) We are not participating, as Bidders, in more than one Bid in this bidding process in

accordance with the Bidding Document;

(f) Our firm, its affiliates or subsidiaries, including any subcontractors or suppliers for any

part of the Contract, has not been declared ineligible by the DHBVN /UHBVN

Page 51: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 51 of 193

(g) We understand that this Bid, together with your written acceptance thereof included in

your notification of award, shall constitute a binding contract between us, until a formal

Contract is prepared and executed.

(h) We understand that you are not bound to accept the best evaluated bid or any other

bid that you may receive.

(i) We undertake to open office in Hissar and Punchkula after award of contract.

Name

In the capacity of

Signed

Duly authorized to sign the Bid for and on behalf of

Date

Page 52: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 52 of 193

8.2. Price Proposal Submission Sheet

Date:

ICB No.:

Invitation for Bid No.:

Alternative No.:

To:

___________________________________________________________________

We, the undersigned, declare that:

(a) We have examined and have no reservations to the Bidding Document, including

Addenda No. (if any):

(b) We offer to supply in conformity with the Bidding Document and in accordance with

the delivery schedule, the following Goods and Related Services as per part ……( Part

A/part B) of the project.

Part A

Application Changes

Building up of Commercial Database

Part B

Office Infrastructure

New bandwidth for Offices to DC/DR and increase in bandwidth for DC

and DR

Supply and installation of Modems and GPRS Sims for Substation, HT

meters and LTCT meters

FMS for Office infrastructure, Modems, SIMS (parts and replacement)

* Please refer section 9.0., Scope of Work, for details of Part A and Part B items.

(c) The total price of our Bid is given below :

Bidding

Scope Price (in Rs.)

Part A

Part B

Page 53: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 53 of 193

(d) The following commissions, gratuities, or fees have been paid or are to be paid

with respect to the bidding process or execution of the Contract:

Name of Recipient Address Reason Amount

(If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none.”)

Name

In the capacity of

Signed

Duly authorized to sign the Bid for and on behalf of

Date

Page 54: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 54 of 193

8.3. Bid Security

(To be accompanied with the bank Guarantee)

Date: ________________________

ICB No.: _____________________

Invitation for Bid No.: __________

To:

___________________________________________________________________

Whereas

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

(hereinafter called “the Bidder”) has submitted its Bid dated

____________________________ for ICB No. ___________ for the supply of

___________________________________________________________________

hereinafter called “the Bid.”

KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that WE

_________________________________ of

___________________________________________________ having our

registered office at _________________________________________________

(hereinafter called “the Guarantor”), are bound unto

___________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

(hereinafter called “the Purchaser”) in the sum of

________________________________________________ for which payment well

and truly to be made to the aforementioned Purchaser, the Guarantor binds itself, its

successors, or assignees by these presents. Sealed with the Common Seal of this

Guarantor this ____________________day of _________________________,____

THE CONDITIONS of this obligation are the following:

1. If the Bidder withdraws its Bid during the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder

in the Bid Submission Sheet, except as provided in Section 5.3 of ITB Sub-Clause

11.2 ; or

2. If the Bidder, having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Purchaser, during

the period of bid validity, fails or refuses to:

(a) Execute the Contract; or

Page 55: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 55 of 193

(b) Furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Section 5.6 ITB Sub

Clause 5; or

(c) Accept the correction of its Bid by the Purchaser, pursuant to 5.5 ITB Sub-

Clause 6.

We undertake to pay the Purchaser without protest or demur up to the above amount

upon receipt of its first written demand, without the Purchaser having to substantiate

its demand, provided that in its demand the Purchaser states that the amount claimed

by it is due to it, owing to the occurrence of one or more of the above conditions,

specifying the occurred conditions.

This security shall remain in force up to and including sixty (60) days after the period

of bid validity, and any demand in respect thereof should be received by the Guarantor

no later than the above date.

Name

In the capacity of

Signed

Duly authorized to sign the Bid Security for and on behalf of

Date

Page 56: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 56 of 193

8.4. Manufacturer’s Authorisation

(To be obtained from all OEMs)

Date:

ICB No.:

Invitation for Bid No.:

Alternative No.:

To:

WHEREAS___________________________________________________ who are

official manufacturers of

____________________________________________________ having factories at

_______________________________________________________________ do

hereby authorize ____________________________________________________ to

submit a Bid in relation to the Invitation for Bids indicated above, the purpose of which

is to provide the following Goods, manufactured by us

______________________________ and to subsequently negotiate and sign the

Contract.

We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty in accordance with Clause 26 of

the General Conditions of Contract, with respect to the Goods offered by the above

firm in reply to this Invitation for Bids.

Name

In the capacity of:

Signed

Duly authorized to sign the Authorization for and on behalf of

Date

Page 57: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 57 of 193

8.5. Certificate as to Corporate Principal

CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL

(To be signed by any of Board Directors or Co. Secretary)

(To be accompanied along with requisite copy of the board resolution)

I _______________________ certify that I am _________________ of the Company

under the laws of _____________________ and that __________________ who

signed the above tender is authorized to bind the Company / Firm by authority of its

governing body.

Signature : _________________

Full Name : _________________

Address : _________________

Page 58: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 58 of 193

9.0. Scope of Work

RAPDRP part A is under implementation in 36 towns of UHBVN and DHBVN to meet

following objectives

a) Establishing base line data for accurate measurement of losses.

b) Improving customer services which include projects for establishment of IT

Infrastructure & deployment of applications like Meter Data Acquisition, GIS based

electrical asset mapping and consumer indexing, Meter Reading, Billing, Collections,

MIS, Energy Audit, New Connection, Disconnection, Customer Care Services, Web

self-service etc.

Further, Management of DHBVN and UHBVN have decided to extend the RAPDRP

IT systems to rest of areas of DHBVN and UHBVN.

Below are the relevant details w.r.t. to project scope:

9.1. Customer and Offices Details

DHBVN

*Data as on 31st March’2013. Current % growth per annum is 7.5% for consumers.

Sr. No Circle

Name Consumers

Sub-

Division

Offices

Other

Offices

Unit Nos. Nos. Nos.

1 Hisar 365904 13

2 Gurgaon 233902 10 5

3 Faridabad &

Palwal 144280 8

4 Bhiwani 249690 12 3

5 Sirsa 208450 9 3

6 Narnaul 148147 7 3

7 Rewari 168746 6 2

8 Jind 196652 9 1

Total 1715771 74 17

Page 59: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 59 of 193

UHBVN

Sr. No Circle Name Consumers Sub-Division

Offices

Other Offices

Unit Nos. Nos. Nos.

1 Ambala 184932 7 3

2 Kurukshetra 146204 4 1

3 Karnal 163819 12 3

4 Panipat 262711 5 1

5 Kaithal 152603 8 2

6 Yamunanagar 160122 7 1

7 Jhajjar 235645 8 2

8 Sonepat 185480 9 3

9 Rohtak 249823 5 6

Total 1741339 65 22

*Data as on 31st March’2014. Current % growth per annum is 7.5% for consumers.

9.2. Project Components

As the project is intended to scale up existing RAPDRP systems to Non-RAPDRP

area, there are some implementation and operational challenges perceived as

mentioned below in certain items where ownership already lies with existing RAPDRP

ITIA.

a. Some changes and additional configurations are required in existing

RAPDRP applications to suit Non-RAPDRP area. As existing development is

done by M/S HCL tech, bringing one more ITIA to do new development or

change existing development will create practical issues. Further

maintenance of same application by multiple ITIAs will be very complex,

difficult and cost ineffective solution.

After consideration of above complexity, Management of DHBVN and UHBVN has

decided to divide scope of work into two parts i.e. Part A and Part B. Also, it has been

Page 60: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 60 of 193

decided to prioritise allotment of specific items (covered under Part A of the project) to

existing RAPDRP ITIA at negotiated rates of lowest price bid obtained from bidders

for these specific items. In case existing RAPDRP ITIA does not agree to work at

lowest bid price received for these specific items, Nigam management can allocate

the task to lowest price bidder.

Components of Part A and Part B of the project are given in below table:

Part A

Application Changes

Building up of Commercial Database

Part B

Office Infrastructure

New bandwidth for Offices to DC/DR and increase in bandwidth for DC

and DR

Supply and installation of Modems and GPRS Sims for Substation, HT

meters and LTCT meters

FMS for Office infrastructure, Modems, SIMS (parts and replacement)

Please refer section 9 i.e. Scope of Work for details of Part A and Part B items.

Bidders are required to submit technical and commercial bid in two parts i.e. separately

for Part A and Part B of the project but financial evaluation of the bid shall be done

after aggregating total price quoted for both Part A and Part B of the project as well as

for both the DISCOMS.

Page 61: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 61 of 193

9.2.1 Project Components Part A

9.2.1.1. Application Development

Solution mapping of existing RAPDRP applications with business function is given

below table. Appointed ITIA need to identify the changes in RAPDRP applications to

exclude GIS application touch points (interfaces) and perform the changes in

application flow for Non RAPDRP towns.

RAPDRP Functional Modules Solution Components Extendibility

Meter Data Acquisition System (MDAS)

Secure Meters - Integrator, DCU Devices, Substation Monitoring

Flexible to connect other protocol based meters, can be integrated with SCADA

Energy Audit Secure Meters - Enerlyser

New Connection Oracle Utilities CCB Product

Disconnection and Dismantling Oracle Utilities CCB Product

Centralized Customer Care Services

Oracle Utilities CCB Product, Contact Anywhere product integrated with Call Center Solution

Interfaces to connect Kiosks, Cash/Cheque Kiosks, CTI, IVR

Management Information System (MIS)

Oracle CCB, WAM BI Publishers, OBIU for DWH

GIS based customer indexing and asset mapping ESRI

Interfaces with systems like Energy Audit, Meter Data, SCADA, CCB

GIS based integrated network analysis module PRDC NA Product (PRDC)

Interfaces with ESRI using Network Adapter to extract GIS Data and performed Network Analysis

Web Self Service JBOSS Server.

Identity and Access Management CA IDM

Document Management, SSO

System Security Requirement CA IDM Suit

Development of Commercial Database of Consumers

Oracle Utilities CCB Product

Metering Oracle Utilities CCB Product

Integrated with MDAS, CMRI

Page 62: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 62 of 193

RAPDRP Functional Modules Solution Components Extendibility

Billing Oracle Utilities CCB Product

Interface for Spot Billing

Collections Oracle Utilities CCB Product

Interface for Payment Gateway

Asset Management Oracle Utilities WAM Product

Integrated with GIS Apps

Maintenance Management Oracle Utilities WAM Product

Business Intelligence Oracle Utilities BI (OUBIEE)

Document Management Newgen Omnidocs

Workflow Management Workflow Engine

Integration Middleware Oracle OSB Suite

Legacy SAP System FICO, MM, PS, PM

List of IT applications which are under implementation in RAPDRP (Part A) scheme

are listed below. Applications which needs to be extended to other areas of DHBVN

and UHBVN (to be referred as Non-RAPDRP area) are specified in the list.

Page 63: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 63 of 193

Name Of Application

Extend

ed to

Non-

RAPDR

P Area

Name Of Application

Exten

ded

to

Non-

RAP

DRP

Area

Oracle Utilities: PRDC

Customer Care & Billing Y PRDC- GIS Network Analysis N

Oracle Work & Asset Management Y Secure Meters

Oracle Utilities Business Intelligence Y Secure Meters Integrator Y

Oracle OSB for SOA Y Secure Meters Analyser Y

Data Warehouse Y

Secure Meters Substation

Monitoring System N

Weblogic Application Server Y

CA Identity & Access Management

System Y

Newgen Document Management

System IT Infrastructure Tools

Newgen Omnidocs Y Enterprise Management System Y

Omni-scan for scanning solution Y Network Management System Y

ESRI

Anti-Virus Solution (Including

Security Management server) Y

ArcGIS Desktop (ArcEditor) N

DNS Server (LDAP/Active Directory

included) Y

ArcFM Desktop N Access Control Y

ArcGIS Server Advanced N Call Centre Solution: Avaya N

ArcFM Server Advanced N Microsoft:

ArcGIS Schematics N Microsoft Active Directory Server Y

MS Exchange Messaging Server Y

All applications except applications related to GIS are being extended to non RAPDRP

area. Processes as defined for RAPDRP area, except GIS related processes, should

run seamlessly and without change for non-RAPDRP areas also.

Process which are integrated with GIS needs to be changed to suit to Non-RAPDRP

areas. All such process change needs to be done with consent and approval of

DHBVN and UHBVN.

Any development and configurations required for extension of RAPDRP processes to

Non-RAPDRP area shall be done by appointed ITIA.

Page 64: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 64 of 193

9.2.1.2. Building up of Commercial Database

9.2.1.2.1. Data Migration

All data required to run defined processes should be migrated by appointed ITIA. List

of items for data migration is given below, however appointed ITIA shall review and

consider any additional data that is required to be migrated, for running all defined

processes for Non-RAPDRP areas, without any additional project cost.

a) Customer master data: - Name, Address, Load details, Tariff

Details, meter details.

b) Customer Transaction Data:- Last three years meter reading and

Billing Data, List of Open Items for collection, open customer

requests and complaints.

c) Asset data: All assets related to customers eg. Meters, Modems,

Sims, CT and PT units, seals, service cables needs to be

migrated.

d) In Stock Items: All items related to customer assets such as

Meters, modems, sims, CT and PT units, seals, cables needs to

be migrated.

e) Reporting data: All data required to extract reports as defined in

Oracle Utilities Business Intelligence should be migrated to Data

Warehouse.

f) All user and related authorisation data required to run all defined

systems under Non-RAPDRP area.

9.2.1.2.2. Scanning of Documents

All customer documents for non-RAPDRP area needs to be scanned and then

uploaded and linked to customer reference nos. in existing RAPDRP system.

Estimated volume of such documents are given below with variation of +/-25%, bidder

is supposed to provide per page scanning rate including rate of uploading and linking

the document to RAPDRP system. Bidder shall arrange its own scanning infra viz.

scanning machine, PC and manpower for uploading documents to server. Rights for

scanning server and network connectivity shall be provided by DHBVN and UHBVN.

Item Description No. of

customers

Estimat

ed No.

of

Consum

er Files

No.

of

pag

es

per

file

No. of

Pages

Volume of Scan as per existing

customers 3457114 4839959 10 48399596

Page 65: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 65 of 193

9.2.2. Project Components Part B

9.2.2.1. Office Infrastructure

No. of Offices for DHBVN and UHBVN is listed below:

DHBVN Offices Detail

UHBVN

Offices

Detail

Sr. No Circle Name Consumers Sub-Division

Offices

Other Offices

Unit Nos. Nos. Nos.

1 Ambala 184932 7 3

2 Kurukshetra 146204 4 1

3 Karnal 163819 12 3

4 Panipat 262711 5 1

5 Kaithal 152603 8 2

6 Yamunanagar 160122 7 1

7 Jhajjar 235645 8 2

8 Sonepat 185480 9 3

9 Rohtak 249823 5 6

Total 1741339 65 22

Sr. No Circle

Name Consumers

Sub-

Division

Offices

Other

Offices

Unit Nos. Nos. Nos.

1 Hisar 365904 13

2 Gurgaon 233902 10 5

3 Faridabad &

Palwal 144280 8

4 Bhiwani 249690 12 3

5 Sirsa 208450 9 3

6 Narnaul 148147 7 3

7 Rewari 168746 6 2

8 Jind 196652 9 1

Total 1715771 74 17

Page 66: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 66 of 193

All offices are categorised in two categories viz. sub division offices and other offices.

Each subdivision will have seven no. of PCs installed while other offices will have three

no. of PCs with all required software. Below is the detail of PC requirement in each

category of Office

Office category PC Allocation no. of PCs

Subdivision SDO 1

JE 1

CA 2

Establishment work 1

Cash Collection 2

Other Offices (also includes divisions and circle offices):

Miscellaneous works 3

Bill of material that needs to be provided for offices is given below. Bidder shall

declare per unit rate of each item with applicable taxes.

Sub Division Offices BOM in DHBVN & UHBVN

Item Description No. of

Offices

Quantit

y Per

Office

(Nos.)

Specifications Detail

Switches

Layer II Switch 139 1

Refer SRS document finalised

under 11th plan RAPDRP scheme

and RFP for selection of ITIA for

Non RAPDRP areas

Routers

Router for MPLS/ VPN

Network 139 1

Refer SRS document finalised

under 11th plan RAPDRP scheme

and RFP for selection of ITIA for

Non RAPDRP areas

Cabling System

Cables, Jacks etc. 139 1

Refer SRS document finalised

under 11th plan RAPDRP scheme

and RFP for selection of ITIA for

Non RAPDRP areas

Workstation / Equipment

Cords 139 1

Refer SRS document finalised

under 11th plan RAPDRP scheme

and RFP for selection of ITIA for

Non RAPDRP areas

Page 67: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 67 of 193

IP Telephony

IP Phone 139 2

Refer SRS document finalised

under 11th plan RAPDRP scheme

and RFP for selection of ITIA for

Non RAPDRP areas

UPS and Battery System

UPS (5 KVA) 139 1

Refer SRS document finalised

under 11th plan RAPDRP scheme

and RFP for selection of ITIA for

Non RAPDRP areas

Workstation PCs, Printers

& Others

Workstation PC (Computer

chair, table, MS Office

Latest version, windows

latest version, MS

exchange, antivirus etc.)

139 7

Refer SRS document finalised

under 11th plan RAPDRP scheme

and RFP for selection of ITIA for

Non RAPDRP areas

Bar Code Readers 139 2

Refer SRS document finalised

under 11th plan RAPDRP scheme

and RFP for selection of ITIA for

Non RAPDRP areas

Laser Jet Printer for

cashiers 139 2

Refer Appendix B: Mandatory

Technical Specification

Multipurpose Network

Printer 139 1

Refer Appendix K: Specifications

Multifunction Network Printer

Additional 2 No. Workstation PC

(Computer chair, table, UPS, MS Office Latest version etc.)

for RAPDRP offices

Workstation PC (Computer

chair, table, MS Office

Latest version, windows

latest version, MS

exchange, antivirus etc.)

95 2

Refer SRS document finalised

under 11th plan RAPDRP scheme

and RFP for selection of ITIA for

Non RAPDRP areas

Page 68: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 68 of 193

Other Offices BOM in DHBVN & UHBVN

Item Description No. of

Offices

Quantity

Per Office Specifications Detail

Switches

Layer II Switch 39 1

Refer SRS document finalised under 11th

plan RAPDRP scheme and RFP for selection

of ITIA for Non RAPDRP areas

Routers

Router for MPLS/

VPN Network 39 1

Refer SRS document finalised under 11th

plan RAPDRP scheme and RFP for selection

of ITIA for Non RAPDRP areas

Cabling System

Cables, Jacks etc. 39 1

Refer SRS document finalised under 11th

plan RAPDRP scheme and RFP for selection

of ITIA for Non RAPDRP areas

Workstation /

Equipment Cords 39 1

Refer SRS document finalised under 11th

plan RAPDRP scheme and RFP for selection

of ITIA for Non RAPDRP areas

UPS and Battery

System

UPS (3.5 KVA) 39 1

Refer SRS document finalised under 11th

plan RAPDRP scheme and RFP for selection

of ITIA for Non RAPDRP areas

Workstation PCs,

Printers & Others

Workstation PC

(Computer chair,

table, MS Office

Latest version,

windows latest

version, MS

exchange, antivirus

etc.)

39 3

Refer SRS document finalised under 11th

plan RAPDRP scheme and RFP for selection

of ITIA for Non RAPDRP areas

Multipurpose Network

Printer 39 1

Refer Appendix B: Mandatory Technical

Specification

Additional 1 no. of PC to be provided for

RAPDRP other offices (100 other offices)

Workstation PC

(Computer chair,

table, MS Office

Latest version,

windows latest

version, MS

exchange, antivirus

etc.)

100 1

Refer SRS document finalised under 11th

plan RAPDRP scheme and RFP for selection

of ITIA for Non RAPDRP areas

Page 69: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 69 of 193

9.2.2.2. Bandwidth Requirement for DC, DR and Offices

Details of existing bandwidth details provided for RAPDRP areas and Minimum

bandwidth requirement for Non-RAPDRP area is given below. As responsibility to

meet performance standard/SLA lies with the bidder, bidder shall conduct a self-

assessment of required bandwidth requirement and quote accordingly.

Bandwidth Existing Bandwidth in RAPDRP area: office and DC/DR

Bandwidth Requirement in Non-RAPDRP area: Office and DC/DR

Bandwidth for Offices

Network Connectivity - Primary Link - MPLS - VPN for 4 years (2 MBPS) – to be provided for 139 subdivision offices

2 mbps 2 mbps

Network Connectivity - Secondary Link - for 4 years (512 KBPS) -- to be provided for 139 subdivision offices

512 kbps 512 kbps

Bandwidth for Other Offices

Network Connectivity – Primary Link - for 4 years (512 KBPS) -- to be provided for 39 other offices

512 kbps 512 kbps

Bandwidth for Data Centre

Total bandwidth Requirement at DC (Primary)

16 mbps 16 mbps

Total bandwidth Requirement at DC (Secondary)

16 mbps 16 mbps

Additional Internet Bandwidth DC Primary (for connection to customer portal)

10 mbps 10 mbps

Additional Internet Bandwidth DC Secondary (for connection to customer portal)

4 mbps 4 mbps

Total bandwidth Requirement at DC (Primary)

26 mbps 26

Total bandwidth Requirement at DC (Secondary)

20 mbps 20

Page 70: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 70 of 193

Bandwidth Existing Bandwidth in RAPDRP area: office and DC/DR

Bandwidth Requirement in Non-RAPDRP area: Office and DC/DR

Bandwidth Requirement for Disaster Recovery Centre

Total bandwidth Requirement at DR (Primary)

16 mbps 16 mbps

Total bandwidth Requirement at DR (Secondary)

16 mbps 16 mbps

Additional Internet Bandwidth DR Primary (for connection to customer portal)

10 mbps 10 mbps

Additional Internet Bandwidth DR Secondary (for connection to customer portal)

4 mbps 4 mbps

Total bandwidth Requirement at DR (Primary)

26 mbps 26

Total bandwidth Requirement at DR (Secondary)

20 mbps 20

Bandwidth DC/DR Replication

Bandwidth for DC/DR Replication (Primary)

10 mbps 10 mbps

Bandwidth for DC/DR Replication (Secondary)

10 mbps 10 mbps

The respective Utilities shall pay the bandwidth charges directly to the bandwidth

Provider. The ITIA would be required to enter into Tripartite Agreement with the

Utilities and NBSP to manage and oversee the NBSP to ensure performance levels

meeting SLAs.

9.2.2.3. . Supply and installation, Modems and GPRS Sims for

Substation, HT meters and LTCT meters

In RAPDRP, GPRS modems installed on different make of meters are read through

RAPDRP MDAS system which is further integrated to oracle CC&B system.

For Non-RAPDRP, 21956 Nos. of GPRS transparent modems to be installed in

DHBVN and 18284 Nos. of modems in UHBVN at existing HT meters, substation,

feeder and LT CT meters of various makes having optical or RS232 communication

ports. Bidder shall quote per unit rate of modem unit (including accessories) including

installation cost.

Page 71: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 71 of 193

Sr. No. Utility No. of modems to be installed

1 DHBVN 21956

2 UHBVN 18284

TOTAL 40240

Data of all meters should be gathered at existing MDAS system which is integrated to

Oracle CC&B system. However responsibility of data collection by existing MDAS and

its integration with Oracle CC&B shall be with existing RAPDRP ITIA, appointed ITIA

shall be responsible for working of installed modems, its connectivity to Data center.

Sr.

No. Scope Details Responsibility

1 Availability of GPRS modems, Antenna, Optical Cord Appointed ITIA for Part

B

2 Installation of GPRS modems and SIMS with existing

meters

Appointed ITIA for Part

B

3

Establishing Field communication. Report on

Instantaneous parameters of each meter, read

immediately after modem installation/troubleshooting for

purpose of verifying successful communication shall be

submitted on monthly basis to CE (RAPDRP)

Appointed ITIA for Part

B

4 Arranging meter APIs (if not available)

Nigam for API

availability, existing

RAPDRP vendor for

deployment and

testing

5 Ensuring data availability at existing MDAS system

subject to successful modem communication on field. Existing RAPDRP ITIA

6 Ensuring successful data integration between RAPDRP

MDAS and RAPDRP Oracle CC&B system Existing RAPDRP ITIA

9.2.2.4. FMS for Office infrastructure, Modems, SIMS (parts and

replacement)

FMS related to Offices Infrastructure, modem unit (modems and its accessories) and

SIMS (replacement) shall be covered under Part B of the project. FMS should be

quoted for cost components defined in Section 9.2.2.1. and 9.2.2.3. No minimum limit

is defined for quoting FMS cost, however, quoted cost for FMS shall be considered in

financial evaluation.

Page 72: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 72 of 193

10.0. General Conditions of Contract

(1) Definitions The following words and expressions shall have the meanings

hereby assigned to them:

(b) “Contract” means the Agreement entered into between

the Purchaser and the Supplier, together with the

Contract Documents referred to therein, including all

attachments, appendices, and all documents

incorporated by reference therein.

(b) “Contract Documents” shall mean the following documents

listed, including any amendments thereto be read and

construed as part of this Agreement, viz.:

i. the Detailed award of contract;

ii. the Service level agreement;

iii. the Special Conditions of Contract;

iv. the General Conditions of Contract;

v. the Scope of Work;

vi. the System Requirement Specification Document (SRS)

vii. the Instructions to bidders;

viii. the Purchaser’s Notification to the Supplier for Award of

Contract;

ix. Supplier’s response (proposal) to the RFP, including the

Bid Submission Sheet and the Price Proposal submitted

by the Supplier;

x. Appendix A to K;

xi. Acceptance of purchaser’s notification

xii. RFQ document (Identification No: TER-

03/RAPDRP/2014) along with all corrigendum,

clarifications and related documents issued by the

Nodal Agency

(c) “Contract Price” means the price payable to the

Supplier as specified in the Agreement, subject to such

additions and adjustments thereto or deductions there

from, as may be made pursuant to the Contract.

(d) “Day” means calendar day.

(e) “Delivery” means the transfer of the Goods and

services from the Supplier to the Purchaser in

accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the

Contract.

Page 73: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 73 of 193

(f) “Completion” shall mean the completion of the Related

Services by the Supplier in accordance with the terms

and conditions set forth in the Contract.

(g) “GCC” means the General Conditions of Contract.

(h) “Goods” means all hardware, software, networking

equipment and/or other equipment accessories and

materials that the Supplier is required to supply to the

Purchaser under the Contract.

(i) “Intellectual Property Rights” means any patent,

copyright, trademark, trade name, service marks,

brands, propriety information, whether arising before or

after the execution of this Contract and the right to

ownership and registration of these rights.

(j) “Purchaser’s Country” shall mean India.

(k) “Purchaser” means the entities purchasing the Goods

and Related Services.

(l) “Related Services” means the services to be provided

as per the requirements / conditions specified in the

Contract. In addition to this, the definition would also

include other related/ancillary services that may be

required to execute this Contract.

(m) “SCC” means the Special Conditions of Contract.

(n) “Service Level Agreement” (SLA) shall mean the

Service Level Agreement entered into between the

Purchaser and the Supplier.

(o) “Subcontractor” means any natural person, private or

government entity, or a combination of the above,

including its legal successors or permitted assigns, to

whom any part of the Goods to be supplied or execution

of any part of the Related Services is subcontracted by

the Supplier, as per the provisions of Clauses 19 of the

GCC.

(p) “Supplier” means the empanelled System Integrator

(SI) whose bid to perform the Contract has been

accepted by the Purchaser and is named as such in the

Agreement, and includes the legal successors or

permitted assigns of the Supplier.

Page 74: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 74 of 193

(q) “The MoP” is the Ministry of Power, Government of

India.

(r) “The Site,” shall mean all identified locations within the

State of Haryana, where the Supplier carries out any

installation of Goods or is required to provide any

Related Services.

(s) “OEM” means the Original Equipment Manufacturer of

any equipment / system / software / product that are

providing such goods to the Purchaser under the scope

of this Tender / Contract.

(t) “Kick Off Meeting” means a meeting convened by the

Purchaser to discuss and finalize the work execution

plan and procedures with the Supplier.

(u) the term “in writing” means communicated in written

form with proof of receipt

1. Contract

Documents

1.1 Subject to the order of precedence set forth in the Agreement, all

documents forming the Contract (and all parts thereof) are intended

to be correlative, complementary, and mutually explanatory.

2. Corrupt Practices 2.1 The Purchaser requires bidders, suppliers, and contractors to

observe the highest standard of ethics during the execution of such

contracts.

o The following definitions apply:

o “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving receiving, or

soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to

influence the action of any party in the procurement process

or the execution of a contract;

o “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation or omission

of facts in order to influence a procurement process or the

execution of a contract;

o “collusive practices” means a scheme or arrangement

between two or more bidders, with or without the knowledge

of the DHBVN / UHBVN , designed to influence the action of

any party in a procurement process or the execution of a

contract;

o “coercive practices” means harming or threatening to harm,

directly or indirectly, persons, or their property to influence

their participation in a procurement process, or affect the

execution of a contract;

(a) The Purchaser will reject a proposal for award if it

determines that the bidder recommended for award has,

directly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt,

Page 75: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 75 of 193

fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing

for the Contract.

(b) After the award of the contract if it is comes to the

knowledge of the Utility that the Supplier has engaged in

corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices at

any stage, the Purchaser shall forthwith terminate the

contract as per the provisions of GCC Clause 33.

3. Interpretation 3.1 In this Contract unless a contrary intention is evident:

A. In case of any conflict with any provision relating to the SRS

document and the RFP document, the provisions of the RFP

document shall prevail for all intents and purposes

B. the clause headings are for convenient reference only and do not

form part of this Contract;

C. unless otherwise specified a reference to a clause number is a

reference to all of its sub-clauses;

D. unless otherwise specified a reference to a clause, sub-clause or

section is a reference to a clause, sub-clause or section of this

Contract including any amendments or modifications to the same

from time to time;

E. a word in the singular includes the plural and a word in the plural

includes the singular;

F. a word importing a gender includes any other gender;

G. a reference to a person includes a partnership and a body

corporate;

H. a reference to legislation includes legislation repealing, replacing

or amending that legislation;

I. where a word or phrase is given a particular meaning it includes

the appropriate grammatical forms of that word or phrase which

have corresponding meanings

J. In the event of an inconsistency between the terms of this

Contract and the Bid document and the proposal, the terms of this

contract hereof shall prevail.

K. Whenever a material or article is specified or described by the

name of a particular brand, manufacturer or trade mark, the

specific item shall be understood as establishing type, function

and quality desired. Products of other manufacturers may also be

considered, provided sufficient information is furnished so as to

enable the Purchaser to determine that the products are

equivalent to those named

3.2 Incoterms

Page 76: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 76 of 193

The meaning of any trade term and the rights and obligations of

parties thereunder shall be as prescribed by Incoterms.

o EXW, CIF, CIP, and other similar terms, shall be governed by

the rules prescribed in the current edition of Incoterms,

published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the

date of the Invitation for Bids or as specified in the SCC.

3.3 Entire Agreement

The Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the

Purchaser and the Supplier and supersedes all

communications, negotiations and agreements (whether

written or oral) of parties with respect thereto made prior to the

date of Contract.

3.4 Amendment

No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be valid

unless it is in writing, is dated, expressly refers to the Contract,

and is signed by a duly authorized representative of each party

thereto.

3.5 Waiver

(a) Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 3.5.b below, no relaxation,

forbearance, delay, or indulgence by either party in enforcing

any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting

of time by either party to the other shall prejudice, affect, or

restrict the rights of that party under the Contract. Neither shall

any waiver by either party of any breach of Contract operate

as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract.

(b) The waiver by either party of a breach or default of any of the

provisions of this contract by the other party shall not be

interpreted as :

A) A waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or other

provision, nor shall any delay or omission on the part of

the other party to exercise; or

B) A way to avail itself of any right, power, or privilege that it

has or may have under this contract to operate as waiver

of any breach or default by the other party.

(c) Any waiver of a party’s rights, powers, or remedies under the

Contract must be in writing, dated, and signed by an

authorized representative of the party granting such waiver,

Page 77: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 77 of 193

and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being

waived.

3.6 Severability

If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or

rendered invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity

or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability

of any other provisions and conditions of the Contract or the

contract as a whole and the remaining provisions of the

contract shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Language 4.1 The official language of the Contract is English. Contract as well

as all correspondence and documents relating to the Contract

exchanged by the Supplier and the Purchaser, shall be written

in English. Supporting documents and printed literature that

are part of the Contract may be in another language provided

they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the

relevant passages in English, in which case, for purposes of

interpretation of the Contract, the English translation shall

govern.

4.2 The Supplier shall bear all costs of translation to English and all

risks of the accuracy of such translation. The Supplier shall be

bound to the English translation and what has been stated

therein.

5. Consortium 5.1 If the Supplier is a consortium, the members of such consortium

shall be jointly and severally liable to the Purchaser for the

fulfillment of the provisions of the Contract. Only the Lead

Member (as mentioned at the Empanelment stage) shall have

the authority to conduct all businesses for and on behalf of the

Consortium during the bidding process and, in the event the

Consortium is awarded the Contract, during contract

execution. The composition of the consortium cannot be

altered.

(a) Without prejudice to Clause 5.1 of this GCC, for the

purposes of fulfillment of it’s obligations as laid down

under the Contract where the Purchaser deems fit and

unless the context requires otherwise, Supplier shall

refer to the Lead Member who shall be the sole point of

interface between the Purchaser and the Consortium

and would be absolutely accountable for the

performance of its own, the other members of

Page 78: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 78 of 193

Consortium and/or its Team’s functions as also the

subcontractors.

(b) All payments shall be made by the Purchaser in favour

of the Lead Member.

6. Notices 6.1 All notices and other communications under this contract must

be in writing, and must either be mailed by registered mail with

acknowledgement or hand delivered with proof of it having

been received.

6.2 If mailed, all notices will be considered as delivered after 5 days,

of the notice having been mailed. If hand delivered, all notices

will be considered, when received by the party to whom the

notice is meant and sent for.

6.3 All notices under this contract shall be sent to or delivered at the

address as specified by the parties in the SCC.

6.4 A Notice shall be effective when delivered or on the Notice’s

effective date, whichever is later.

7. Governing Law 7.1 The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in

accordance with the laws of the India. The High Court of

Judicature at Punjab & Haryana High Court, Chandigarh

and Courts subordinate to such High Courts shall have

exclusive jurisdiction in respect of any disputes relating to the

tendering process, award of Contract and execution of the

Contract.

7.2 In all cases, this contract shall be governed by and interpreted

in accordance with the Law of the Union Of India. In this

context, the expression ‘Law’ takes within its fold Statutory law,

Judicial Decisional Law and Delegated Legislation as well

8. Settlement of

Disputes

8.1 The Purchaser and the Supplier shall make every effort to

resolve amicably by direct informal negotiation any

disagreement or dispute arising between them under or in

connection with the Contract.

8.2 If the parties fail to resolve such a dispute (The date of

commencement of the dispute shall be taken from the date

when this clause reference is quoted by either party in a formal

communication clearly mentioning existence of dispute or as

mutually agreed) or difference by mutual consultation within

twenty-eight (28) days from the commencement of such

consultation, either party may require that the dispute be

Page 79: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 79 of 193

referred for resolution to the formal mechanisms specified in

the SCC.

9. Scope of Work 9.1 The Scope of Work along with Goods and Related Services to

be supplied as per Section 9.0., Scope of work. At the time of

awarding the contract, the Purchaser shall specify any change

in the Scope of Work. Such changes may be due for instance,

if the quantities of goods and related services are increased or

decreased at the time of award.

9.2 Unless otherwise stipulated in the Contract, the Scope of Work

shall include all such items not specifically mentioned in the

Contract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract

as being required for attaining Delivery and Completion of the

Goods and Related Services as if such items were expressly

mentioned in the Contract.

10. Delivery 10.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 32.1, the Delivery of the Goods and

Completion of the Related Services shall be in accordance with

the Implementation Schedule specified in the Appendix-J. The

details of shipping and other documents to be furnished by the

Supplier are specified in the SCC.

11. Supplier’s

Responsibilities

11.1 The Supplier shall supply all the Goods and Related Services

included in the Scope of Work and Appendix B in accordance

with GCC Clause 9, and the Implementation Schedule, as per

GCC Clause 10.

12. Purchaser’s

Responsibilities

12.1 Whenever the supply of Goods and Related Services requires

that the Supplier obtain permits, approvals, and import and

other licenses from local public authorities, the Purchaser

shall, if so required by the Supplier, make its best effort to

assist the Supplier in complying with such requirements in a

timely and expeditious manner.

12.2 The Purchaser shall bear all costs involved in the performance

of its responsibilities, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause

13.1.

12.3 The Chief Information Officer (CIO) of DHBVN /UHBVN or any

other person designated by the utility shall act as the nodal

point for implementation of the contract and for issuing

necessary instructions, approvals, commissioning, acceptance

certificates, payments etc. to the Supplier.

12.4 The CIO of DHBVN or any other person designated by the utility

shall approve all such documents within 15 working days.

Page 80: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 80 of 193

12.5 Purchaser may provide on Supplier’s request, particulars/

information / or documentation that may be required by the

Supplier for proper planning and execution of Scope of Work

under this contract.

12.6 Purchaser shall provide to the Supplier sitting space and

infrastructure and utilities, in the Purchaser’s offices at such

location as may be mutually decided by the Parties.

13. Contract Price 13.1 The Contract Price shall be as specified in the Agreement

subject to any additions and adjustments thereto, or

deductions there from, as may be made pursuant to the

Contract as also subject to provisions of Clause 13.2.

13.2 Prices charged by the Supplier for the Goods delivered and the

Related Services performed under the Contract shall not vary

from the prices quoted by the Supplier in its bid, with the

exception of any price adjustments authorized in the SCC.

14. Terms of

Payment

14.1 The Contract Price shall be paid in the manner specified in the

SCC. No invoice for extra work/change order on account of

change order will be submitted by the Supplier unless the said

extra work /change order has been authorized/approved by the

Purchaser in writing.

14.2 The Supplier’s request for payment shall be made to the

Purchaser in writing, accompanied by invoices describing, as

appropriate, the Goods delivered and Related Services

performed, accompanied by the documents submitted

pursuant to GCC Clause 10.

14.3 Payments shall be made promptly by the Purchaser, no later

than forty five (45) days after submission of an invoice or

request for payment by the Supplier, and the Purchaser has

accepted it.

14.4 If any excess payment has been made by the Purchaser due to

difference in quoted price in proposal and Supplier’s invoice,

the purchaser may without prejudice to its rights recover such

amounts by other means after notifying the Supplier or deduct

such excess payment from any payment subsequently falling

due to the Supplier.

14.5 The currency in which payment shall be made to the supplier

under this contract is Indian Rupees (INR).

15. Taxes and Duties 15.1 The prices quoted by the supplier shall be inclusive of all

duties/taxes/levies. Responsibility for including all applicable

Page 81: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 81 of 193

taxes/duties/levies in the proposal lie with the bidder and the

utility shall not be responsible for any error/omission on the part

of the bidder. Payment of taxes/duties/levies shall not be made

separately.

15.2 For goods supplied from outside the Purchaser’s country, the

Supplier shall be entirely responsible for all taxes, duties,

stamp duties, license fees, and other such levies imposed

outside the Purchaser’s country.

15.3 For goods supplied from within the Purchaser’s country, the

Supplier shall be entirely responsible for all taxes, duties, entry

tax, license fees, other levies etc, incurred until delivery of the

Goods and Related service to the Purchaser. The Purchaser

will provide Central sales tax Form C, whenever applicable.

15.4 The cost of Entry Tax as applicable will be the liability of the

Supplier i.e. the price quoted will be inclusive of Entry Tax. The

amount of Entry Tax will be deducted from the Supplier’s

invoice and remittance to tax dept. will be made by the

Purchaser under the TIN number of Purchaser. If any liability

is raised by the commercial tax department, Govt. of Haryana

on account of Entry Tax at a later date, the same shall be to

the Supplier's account and accordingly recovery shall be made

from the supplier's pending bills/security deposit as available

with the Purchaser.

16. Performance

Security

16.1 The Supplier shall, within fourteen (14) days of the notification

of Contract award, provide a Performance Security for the due

performance of the Contract in the amounts and currencies

specified in the SCC.

16.2 The Purchaser shall at its sole discretion invoke the Performance

Security and appropriate the amount secured thereunder, in the

event that the Supplier commits any delay or default in Delivery

of the Goods or Related Services or commits any other breach of

the terms and conditions of the Contract.

16.3 The Performance Security shall be denominated in the

currencies of the Contract, and shall be in one of the forms

stipulated by the Purchaser in the SCC.

16.4 The Performance Security shall be discharged by the Purchaser

and returned to the Supplier not later than fourteen (14) days

following the date of completion of the Supplier’s performance

Page 82: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 82 of 193

obligations under the Contract, including any warranty

obligations, unless specified otherwise in the SCC.

17. Intellectual

Property

17.1 Purchaser shall own and have a right in perpetuity to use all

newly created Intellectual Property Rights which have been

developed solely during execution of this Contract, including

but not limited to all Source code, Object code, records,

reports, designs, application configurations, data and written

material, products, specifications, reports, drawings and other

documents which have been newly created and developed by

the Supplier solely during the performance of Related Services

and for the purposes of inter-alia use or sub-license of such

Services under this Contract. The Supplier undertakes to

disclose all such Intellectual Property Rights arising in

performance of the Related Services to the Purchaser and

execute all such agreements/documents and file all relevant

applications, effect transfers and obtain all permits and

approvals that may be necessary in this regard to effectively

transfer and conserve the Intellectual Property Rights of the

Purchaser. To the extent that Intellectual Property Rights are

unable by law to so vest, the Supplier assigns those Intellectual

Property Rights to Purchaser on creation.

17.2 The Supplier shall be obliged to ensure that all approvals,

registrations, licenses, permits and rights etc. which are inter-

alia necessary for use of the goods supplied / installed by the

Supplier, the same shall be acquired in the name of the

Purchaser, and the same may be assigned by the Purchaser

to the Supplier solely for the purpose of execution of any of its

obligations under the terms of this Contract. However,

subsequent to the term of this Contract, such approvals,

registrations, licenses, permits and rights etc. shall endure to

the exclusive benefit of the Purchaser.

17.3 The Supplier shall ensure that while it uses any software,

hardware, processes, document or material in the course of

performing the Services, it does not infringe the Intellectual

Property Rights of any person and the Supplier shall keep the

Purchaser indemnified against all costs, expenses and

liabilities howsoever, arising out any illegal or unauthorized use

(piracy) or in connection with any claim or proceedings relating

to any breach or violation of any permission/license terms or

infringement of any Intellectual Property Rights by the Supplier

or its personnel during the course of performance of the

Related Services. In case of any infringement by the Supplier,

Page 83: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 83 of 193

the Supplier shall have sole control of the defense and all

related settlement negotiations

17.4 Subject to GCC sub-clauses 17.1 to 17.3, the Supplier shall

retain exclusive ownership of all methods, concepts,

algorithms, trade secrets, software documentation, other

intellectual property or other information belonging to the

Supplier that existed before the effective date of the contract. .

18. Confidential

Information

18.1 Both parties undertake to each other to keep confidential all

information (written as well as oral) concerning the business

and affairs of the other, which has been obtained or received

as a result of the discussions leading up to or the entering of

the contract.

18.2 After the entering of the contract the Purchaser and the Supplier

shall keep confidential and shall not, without the written

consent of the other party hereto, divulge to any third party any

documents, data, or other information furnished directly or

indirectly by the other party hereto in connection with the

Contract, whether such information has been furnished prior

to, during or following completion or termination of the

Contract. Notwithstanding the above, the Supplier may furnish

to its Subcontractor such documents, data, and other

information it receives from the Purchaser to the extent

required for the Subcontractor to perform its work under the

Contract, in which event the Supplier shall obtain from such

Subcontractor an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that

imposed on the Supplier under this Clause.

18.3 The Purchaser shall not use such documents, data, and other

information received from the Supplier for any purposes

unrelated to the Contract. Similarly, the Supplier shall not use

such documents, data, and other information received from the

Purchaser for any purpose other than the design, procurement,

or other work and services required for the performance of the

Contract.

18.4 The obligation of a party under GCC Sub-Clauses 18.1 and 18.2

above, however, shall not apply to information that:

(a) the Purchaser or Supplier need to share with the institutions

participating in the financing of the Contract;

(b) now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of

that party;

(c) can be proven to have been possessed by that party at the

time of disclosure and which was not previously obtained,

directly or indirectly, from the other party; or

(d) Otherwise lawfully becomes available to that party from a third

party that has no obligation of confidentiality.

18.5 The above provisions of GCC Clause 18 shall not in any way

modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the

Page 84: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 84 of 193

parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the

Supply or any part thereof.

18.6 Each of the parties to this contract, undertakes to the other to

take all such steps as shall from time to time be necessary to

ensure compliance with the provisions of the above clauses by

it’s employees, agents and sub-contractors.

18.7 The provisions of GCC Clause 18 shall survive completion or

termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract.

19. Subcontracting 19.1 Except as provided hereunder under Clause 19.2 of the GCC,

the Supplier shall not be permitted to sub-contract any part of

its obligations under the Contract.

19.2 Supplier shall sub-contract the Network solution provider (NSP)

role only from the empanelled members (as per the list

issued/updated by the PFC for RAPDRP). The Supplier shall

select the sub-contractors from the empanelled list only. The

names and roles of the same shall be clearly mentioned in the

proposal/bid.

19.3 The Supplier shall ensure that the sub-contractor appointed has

sufficient capacity to undertake the execution of the tasks they

will perform under this Contract.

19.4 The Supplier indemnifies and shall keep indemnified Purchaser

against any losses, damages, claims or such other implications

arising from or out of the acts and omissions of such

subcontractor. The Supplier shall be responsible for making all

payments to the subcontractor as may be necessary, in

respect of any Services performed or task executed, and the

Purchaser shall not be responsible for any part or full payment

which is due to such subcontractor.

19.5 All rights of use of any process, product, service or facility

developed or any other task performed by the subcontractor

for the Supplier, under this contract would lie exclusively with

the Purchaser in perpetuity free from all liens, encumbrances

and other third party rights and the Supplier shall, wherever

required, take all steps that may be necessary to ensure the

transfer of such ownership in favor of the Purchaser.

19.6 Nothing in this clause 19 of the GCC shall relieve the Supplier

from its any of its liabilities or obligations under this Contract.

The Purchaser reserves the right to hold Supplier liable for any

act/omission of any subcontractor.

19.7 Where the Purchaser deems necessary, it shall have the right

to require replacement of any subcontractor with another

subcontractor and the Supplier shall in such case terminate

forthwith all agreements/contracts other arrangements with

Page 85: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 85 of 193

such subcontractor and find suitable replacement for such

subcontractor to the satisfaction of the Purchaser at no

additional charge, from the empanelled list (as per the list

issued/updated by the PFC for RAPDRP). Failure to terminate

all agreements/contracts with such sub-contractors, shall

amount to a breach of the terms hereof.

19.8 The Supplier shall be responsible for ensuring that the

Subcontractor shall comply with all relevant and applicable

provisions of the Contract. In default on the part of the sub-

contractor to comply with the terms and conditions of the

Contract wherever applicable, shall amount to breach on the

part of the Supplier, and the Purchaser in addition to all other

rights, have the right to claim damages add recover from the

Supplier all losses/ or other damages that may have resulted

from such failure

20. Specifications

and Standards

20.1 Technical Specifications and Drawings

(a) The Supplier shall ensure that the Goods and Related Services

comply with the technical specifications and other provisions of

the Contract.

(b) The Supplier shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any

design, data, drawing, specification or other document, or any

modification thereof provided or designed by or on behalf of

the Purchaser, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the

Purchaser.

(c) The Goods and Related Services supplied under this Contract

shall conform to the standards mentioned in Section 9.0.,

Scope of Work and Appendix B (Technical Specification),

when no applicable standard is mentioned, the standard shall

be equivalent or superior to the official standards whose

application is appropriate to the country of origin of the Goods.

20.2 Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and

standards in accordance with which it shall be executed, the

edition or the revised version of such codes and standards

shall be those specified in the Section 9.0., Scope of Work.

During Contract execution, any changes in any such codes

and standards shall be applied only after approval by the

Purchaser and shall be treated in accordance with GCC

Clause 31.

21. Packing and

Documents

21.1 The Supplier shall provide such packing of the Goods as is

required to prevent their damage or deterioration during transit

to their final destination, as indicated in the Contract. During

Page 86: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 86 of 193

transit, the packing shall be sufficient to withstand, without

limitation, rough handling and exposure to extreme

temperatures, salt and precipitation, and open storage.

Packing case size and weights shall take into consideration,

where appropriate, the remoteness of the final destination of

the Goods and the absence of heavy handling facilities at all

points in transit. The Purchaser shall not be responsible in any

manner for any loss or damage caused to the Goods during

Transit.

21.2 The packing, marking, and documentation within and outside

the packages shall comply strictly with such special

requirements as shall be expressly provided for in the Contract

and in any other instructions ordered by the Purchaser.

22. Insurance 22.1 The Goods supplied under the Contract shall be fully insured by

the Supplier, in INR, against loss or damage incidental to

manufacture or acquisition, transportation, storage, and

delivery, in accordance with the applicable Incoterms or in the

manner specified in the SCC.

23. Transportation 23.1 Obligations for transportation of the Goods shall be borne by the

Supplier and shall be in accordance with the Incoterms

specified in GCC Clause 3.2.

24. Inspections and

Tests

24.1 The Supplier shall at its own expense and at no cost to the

Purchaser carry out all such tests and/or inspections of to

ensure that the Goods and Related Services are complying

with the functional parameters, codes and standards specified

in the Scope of Work at Section 9.0. and Appendix B

(Technical Specification), to the satisfaction of the Purchaser.

24.2 The inspections and tests may be conducted on the premises of

the Supplier, at point of delivery, and/or at the final destination

of the Goods, or in another place in the Purchaser’s country.

Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 24.3, if conducted on the premises

of the Supplier or its Subcontractor, all reasonable facilities and

assistance, including access to drawings and production data,

shall be furnished to the inspectors at no charge to the

Purchaser.

24.3 The Purchaser or its designated representative shall be entitled

to attend the tests and/or inspections referred to in GCC Sub-

Clause 24.2, provided that the Purchaser bear all of its own

costs and expenses incurred in connection with such

attendance including, but not limited to, all traveling and board

and lodging expenses.

24.4 Whenever the Supplier is ready to carry out any such test and

inspection, it shall give a reasonable advance notice, including

the place and time, to the Purchaser.

Page 87: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 87 of 193

24.5 The Purchaser may require the Supplier to carry out any test

and/or inspection to verify that the characteristics and

performance of the Goods or Related Services comply with the

technical specifications, codes and standards under the

Contract.

24.6 The Supplier shall provide the Purchaser with a report of the

results of any such test and/or inspection.

24.7 The Purchaser may reject any Goods / Related Services or any

part thereof that fail to pass any test and/or inspection or do

not conform to the specifications. The Supplier shall either

rectify or replace such rejected Goods/ Related Services or

parts thereof or make alterations necessary to meet the

specifications at no cost to the Purchaser, and shall repeat the

test and/or inspection, at no cost to the Purchaser, upon giving

a notice pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.4.

24.8 The Supplier agrees that neither the execution of a test and/or

inspection of the Goods / Related Services or any part thereof,

nor the attendance by the Purchaser or its representative, nor

the issue of any report pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.6, shall

release the Supplier from any warranties or other obligations

under the Contract.

25. Liquidated

Damages and

Penalty

25.1 Except as provided under GCC Clause 30, if the Supplier fails

to deliver any or all of the Goods or perform the Related

Services within the period specified in the Contract, the

Purchaser may without prejudice to all its other remedies under

the Contract, deduct from the Contract Price, as liquidated

damages, a sum equivalent to 0.5% of the value of the Goods

or Related Services, supplied beyond stipulated delivery

schedule for each week or part thereof of delay until actual

delivery or performance, subject to a maximum of 10% of

value of such goods and services. Each circle shall be

considered as a financial unit and any penalty if levied shall be

worked out by taking the total project area cost which is the

total cost of all the offices in a circle. Eg. If a circle has seven

subdivisions and work of 4 subdivisions of that circle are not

completed within in stipulated time, then penalty will be levied

on 0.5% of value of goods and/or related services for that circle

only.

25.2 In addition, the Supplier is liable to the Purchaser for payment

penalty as specified in the SLA.

25.3 If the Goods and Related Services supplied do not meet the

minimum specifications as per the Contract, and the same is

not replaced/modified by the Supplier to meet the requirements

within 14 days of being informed by the Utility, the Utility shall

be free to impose any penalty as deemed fit. In addition, the

Utility shall reserve the right to terminate the contract and

Page 88: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 88 of 193

recover liquidated damages by forfeiting the performance

guarantee submitted by the Purchaser.

26. Warranty 26.1 The Supplier warrants that all the Goods are new, unused, and

of the most recent or current models, and that they incorporate

all recent improvements in design and materials, unless

provided otherwise in the Contract.

26.2 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 20.1, the Supplier further warrants

that the Goods shall be free from defects arising from any act

or omission of the Supplier or arising from design, materials,

and workmanship, under normal use in the conditions

prevailing in the country of final destination.

26.3 The warranty shall remain valid for the period Specified in the

SCC.

26.4 The Purchaser shall give Notice to the Supplier stating the

nature of any such defects together with all available evidence

thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof. The

Purchaser shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the

Supplier to inspect such defects.

26.5 Upon receipt of such Notice, the Supplier shall, within the period

specified in the SCC, expeditiously repair or replace the

defective Goods or parts thereof, at no cost to the Purchaser.

26.6 If having been notified, the Supplier fails to remedy the defect

within the period of warranty specified in the SCC; the

Purchaser may proceed to take within a reasonable period

such remedial action as may be necessary, at the Supplier’s

risk and expense and without prejudice to any other rights

which the Purchaser may have against the Supplier under the

Contract.

27. Liability/

Indemnity

27.1 The Supplier hereby agrees to indemnify the Purchaser, for all

conditions and situations mentioned in this clause, in a form

and manner acceptable to the Purchaser. The supplier agrees

to indemnify the Purchaser and its officers, servants, agents

(“Purchaser Indemnified Persons”) from and against any

costs, loss, damages, expense, claims including those from

third parties or liabilities of any kind howsoever suffered,

arising or incurred inter alia during and after the Contract

period out of:

(a) any negligence or wrongful act or omission by the Supplier

or its agents or employees or any third party associated

Page 89: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 89 of 193

with Supplier in connection with or incidental to this

Contract; or

(b) any infringement of patent, trademark/copyright or

industrial design rights arising from the use of the supplied

Goods and Related Services or any part thereof.

27.2 The Supplier shall also indemnify the Purchaser against any

privilege, claim or assertion made by third party with respect

to right or interest in, ownership, mortgage or disposal of any

asset, property, movable or immovable as mentioned in any

Intellectual Property Rights, licenses and permits

27.3 Without limiting the generality of the provisions of this clause

27.1 and 27.2, the Supplier shall fully indemnify, hold harmless

and defend the Purchaser Indemnified Persons from and

against any and all suits, proceedings, actions, claims,

demands, liabilities and damages which the Purchaser

Indemnified Persons may hereafter suffer, or pay by reason of

any demands, claims, suits or proceedings arising out of claims

of infringement of any domestic or foreign patent rights,

copyrights or other intellectual property, proprietary or

confidentiality rights with respect to any Goods, Related

Services, information, design or process supplied or used by

the Supplier in performing the Supplier’s obligations or in any

way incorporated in or related to the Project. If in any such suit,

action, claim or proceedings, a temporary restraint order or

preliminary injunction is granted, the Supplier shall make every

reasonable effort, by giving a satisfactory bond or otherwise,

to secure the suspension of the injunction or restraint order. If,

in any such suit, action, claim or proceedings, the Goods or

Related Services, or any part thereof or comprised therein, is

held to constitute an infringement and its use is permanently

enjoined, the Supplier shall promptly make every reasonable

effort to secure for the Purchaser a license, at no cost to the

Purchaser, authorizing continued use of the infringing work. If

the Supplier is unable to secure such license within a

reasonable time, the Supplier shall, at its own expense, and

without impairing the specifications and standards, either

replace the affected work, or part, or process thereof with non-

infringing work or part or process, or modify the same so that

it becomes non-infringing.

Survival on Termination

The provisions of this Clause 27 shall survive Termination.

Page 90: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 90 of 193

27.4 Defense of Claims:

(a) If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made

against the Purchaser arising out of the matters referred

to in GCC Sub-Clause 27.1, 27.2, or 27.3 the Purchaser

shall promptly give the Supplier a notice thereof, and the

Supplier may at its own expense and in the Purchaser’s

name conduct such proceedings or claim and any

negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings

or claim.

(b) If the Supplier fails to notify the Purchaser within twenty-

eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends

to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the

Purchaser shall be free to conduct the same on its own

behalf

(c) The Purchaser shall, at the Supplier’s request, afford all

available assistance to the Supplier in conducting such

proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the

Supplier for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing

28. Limitation of

Liability

28.1 Except in cases of gross negligence or willful misconduct :

(a) neither party shall be liable to the other party for any

indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use,

loss of production, or loss of profits or interest costs,

provided that this exclusion shall not apply to any

obligation of the Supplier to pay liquidated damages to

the Purchaser; and

(b) the aggregate liability of the Supplier to the Purchaser,

whether under the Contract, in tort, or otherwise, shall

not exceed the amount specified in the Contract Price.

Provided that this limitation shall not apply to the cost of

repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to any

obligation of the Supplier to indemnify the Purchaser

with respect to patent infringement.

29. Change in Laws

and Regulations

29.1 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, if after the date of

the Invitation for Bids, any law, regulation, ordinance, order or

bylaw having the force of law is enacted, promulgated,

abrogated, or changed in the place of the Purchaser’s country

where the Site is located (which shall be deemed to include

any change in interpretation or application by the competent

authorities) that subsequently affects the Delivery Date, then

such Delivery Date shall be correspondingly increased or

Page 91: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 91 of 193

decreased, to the extent that the Supplier has thereby been

affected in the performance of any of its obligations under the

Contract. .

30. Force Majeure 30.1 The Supplier shall not be liable for forfeiture of its Performance

Security, liquidated damages, or termination for default if and

to the extent that it’s delay in performance or other failure to

perform its obligations under the Contract is the result of an

event of Force Majeure.

30.2 For purposes of this Clause, “Force Majeure” means an event

or situation beyond the control of the Supplier that is not

foreseeable, is unavoidable, and its origin is not due to

negligence or lack of care on the part of the Supplier. Such

events may include, but not be limited to wars or revolutions,

earthquake, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions,

and freight embargoes.

30.3 If a Force Majeure situation arises, the Supplier shall promptly

and no later than seven days from the first occurrence thereof,

notify the Purchaser in writing of such condition and the cause

thereof. Unless otherwise directed by the Purchaser in writing,

the Supplier shall continue to perform its obligations under the

Contract as far as is reasonably practical, and shall seek all

reasonable alternative means for performance not prevented

by the Force Majeure event

30.4 The decision of the Purchaser with regard to the occurrence,

continuation, period or extent of Force Majeure shall be final

and binding on the Supplier.

31. Change Orders

and Contract

Amendments

31.1 The Purchaser may at any time order the Supplier through

Notice in accordance GCC Clause 6, (“Change Order”) to

make changes within the general scope of the Contract in any

one or more of the following:

(a) drawings, designs, or specifications, where Goods to be

furnished under the Contract are to be specifically

manufactured for the Purchaser;

(b) Specifications for hardware, software and Related Services

(c) the method of shipment or packing;

(d) the place of delivery; and

Page 92: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 92 of 193

(e) the Related Services to be provided by the Supplier.

31.2 If any such Change Order causes an increase or decrease in

the cost of, or the time required for, the Supplier’s performance

of any provisions under the Contract, an equitable adjustment

shall be made in the Contract Price or in the Delivery and

Completion Schedule, or both, and the Contract shall

accordingly be amended. Any claims by the Supplier for

adjustment under this Clause must be asserted within twenty-

eight (28) days from the date of the Supplier’s receipt of the

Purchaser’s Change Order.

31.3 No variation or modification of the terms of the contract shall be

made except by written amendment signed by the parties.

32. Extensions of

Time

32.1 If at any time during performance of the Contract, the Supplier

or its Subcontractors should encounter conditions impeding

timely delivery of the Goods or completion of Related Services

pursuant to GCC Clause 10, the Supplier shall promptly notify

the Purchaser in writing of the delay, its likely duration, and its

cause. As soon as practicable after receipt of the Supplier’s

notice, the Purchaser shall evaluate the situation and may at

its discretion extend the Supplier’s time for performance, in

which case the extension shall be ratified by the parties by

amendment of the Contract.

32.2 Except in case of Force Majeure, as provided under GCC

Clause 30 or where the delay in delivery of the Goods or

completion of Related Services is caused due to any delay or

default of the Purchaser, any extension granted under clause

32.1 shall not absolve the Supplier from its liability to the pay

of liquidated damages pursuant to GCC Clause 25.

33. Termination 33.1 Termination for Default

(a) The Purchaser may, without prejudice to any other

remedy for breach of Contract, by Notice of default sent

to the Supplier, terminate the Contract in whole or in

part:

(i) if the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of the

Goods or Related Services within the period

specified in the Contract, or within any extension

thereof granted by the Purchaser pursuant to

GCC Clause 32; or

Page 93: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 93 of 193

(ii) if the Supplier, in the judgment of the Purchaser

has engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or

coercive practices, as defined in GCC Clause 2,

in competing for or in executing the Contract; or

(iii) Any representation made by the bidder in the

proposal is found to be false or misleading

(iv) if the Supplier commits any breach of the

Contract and fails to remedy or rectify the same

within the period of two weeks (or such longer

period as the Purchaser in its absolute discretion

decide) provided in a notice in this behalf from

the Purchaser.

(v) as specified in the SLA

(b) In the event the Purchaser terminates the Contract in

whole or in part, pursuant to GCC Clause 33.1.1, the

Purchaser may procure, upon such terms and in such

manner as it deems appropriate, Goods or Related

Services similar to those undelivered or not performed,

and the Supplier shall be liable to the Purchaser for any

additional costs for such similar Goods or Related

Services. However, the Supplier shall continue

performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated.

33.2 Termination for Insolvency

The Purchaser may at any time terminate the Contract by

giving Notice to the Supplier if the Supplier becomes bankrupt

or otherwise insolvent. In such event, termination will be

without compensation to the Supplier, provided that such

termination will not prejudice or affect any right of action or

remedy that has accrued or will accrue thereafter to the

Purchaser.

33.3 Termination for Convenience

(a) The Purchaser, by Notice sent to the Supplier, may

terminate the Contract, in whole or in part, at any time

for its convenience. The Notice of termination shall

specify that termination is for the Purchaser’s

convenience, the extent to which performance of the

Supplier under the Contract is terminated, and the date

upon which such termination becomes effective.

Page 94: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 94 of 193

(b) The Goods that are complete and ready for shipment

within twenty-eight (28) days after the Supplier’s receipt

of the Notice of termination shall be accepted by the

Purchaser at the Contract terms and prices. For the

remaining Goods, the Purchaser may elect:

(i) To have any portion completed and delivered at the Contract terms

and prices; and/or

(ii) to cancel the remainder and pay to the Supplier an

agreed amount for partially completed Goods and

Related Services and for materials and parts previously

procured by the Supplier.

33.4 Consequences of Termination

Upon Termination of the Contract, the Supplier shall:

(i) Prepare and present a detailed exit plan within five

calendar days of termination notice receipt to the CIO of

DHBVN / UHBVN (“Exit Plan”).

(ii) The CIO and along with designated team will review the

Exit plan. If approved, Supplier shall start working on the

same immediately. If the plan is rejected, Supplier shall

prepare alternate plan within two calendar days. If the

second plan is also rejected, CIO or the authorised person

will provide a plan for Supplier and it should be adhered

by in totality.

(iii) The Exit Plan should cover at least the following :-

a. Execute all documents that may be necessary to

effectively transfer the ownership and title, including

OEM warranties in respect of all equipment;

b. Handover all developed codes, related documentation

and other Configurable Items, if any in his possession;

c. Handover the list of all IT Assets, passwords at all

locations to the Purchaser.

(iv) The supplier and CIO (or the authorized person) will sign

a completion certificate at the end of successful

completion (all points tracked to closure) of the Exit Plan.

34. Assignment 34.1 The Supplier shall not assign, in whole or in part, their

obligations under this Contract.

Page 95: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 95 of 193

35. Disclaimer 35.1 Purchaser reserves the right to share, with any consultant of its

choosing, any resultant Proposals in order to secure expert

opinion.

35.2 Purchaser reserves the right to accept any proposal deemed to

be in the best interest of the DHBVN and UHBVN

36. Public Disclosure 36.1 All materials provided to the Purchaser by bidder are subject to

Country and Haryana public disclosure laws such as RTI etc.

36.2 The Supplier’s Team shall not make or permit to be made a

public announcement or media release about any aspect of

this Contract unless the Purchaser first gives the Supplier its

written consent.

37. SLA Audit 37.1 A designated team / person from respective utilities (DHBVN &

UHBVN) will review the performance of Supplier against the

SLA each month. The review / audit report will form basis of

any action relating to imposing penalty on or breach of contract

of the Supplier.

38. Adherence to

safety

procedures, rules

regulations and

restriction

38.1 Supplier shall comply with the provision of all laws including

labour laws, rules, regulations and notifications issued there

under from time to time. All safety and labour laws enforced by

statutory agencies and by Purchaser shall be applicable in the

performance of this Contract and Supplier’s Team shall abide

by these laws.

38.2 Access to the Datacenter Sites and Purchaser’s locations shall

be strictly restricted. No access to any person except the

essential personnel belonging to the Supplier who are

genuinely required for execution of work or for carrying out

management/maintenance who have been explicitly

authorized by the Purchaser shall be allowed entry to the

Datacenter Sites and some Purchaser’s locations. Even if

allowed, access shall be restricted to the pertaining equipment

of the Purchaser only. The Supplier shall maintain a log of all

activities carried out by each of its personnel.

38.3 The Supplier shall take all measures necessary or proper to

protect the personnel, work and facilities and shall observe all

reasonable safety rules and instructions. Supplier’s Team shall

adhere to all security requirement/regulations of the Purchaser

during the execution of the work. Purchaser’s employee also

shall comply with safety procedures/policy.

Page 96: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 96 of 193

38.4 The Supplier shall report as soon as possible any evidence,

which may indicate or is likely to lead to an abnormal or

dangerous situation and shall take all necessary emergency

control steps to avoid such abnormal situations.

38.5 The Purchaser will be indemnified for all the situations

mentioned in this clause in the similar way as defined in GCC

clause 28.

39. Non-Solicitation

of Staff

39.1 For the purpose of this contract, both parties to this contract

agree, not to solicit either directly or indirectly with a view to

provide or offer employment to, offer to contract with or entice

a staff member of the other party to leave without the consent

of the other during the term of this agreement and for an

additional period of 180 days after termination

40. Survival 40.1 The clauses of this contract, which by nature are intended to

survive termination of this contract, shall remain in effect after

such termination

11.0. Special Conditions of Contract

The following Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) shall supplement the General Conditions of

Contract (GCC). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the

GCC.

GCC 1.1(j) The Purchaser’s country is: The Union Of India

GCC 1.1(k) The Purchaser is:

DHBVN/UHBVN, India

GCC 1.1 (q) The web-sites are: www.dhbvn.com

The details regarding the RFP process shall be available on the same. The eligible

bidders should visit the website from time to time and get the status updates. All

details uploaded on the website from time to time shall be deemed to have been

provided to all the bidders.

GCC 3.2 The version of Incoterms shall be: Incoterms 2000

GCC 4.1 The language shall be: English

Page 97: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 97 of 193

GCC 6.1 For notices, the Purchaser’s contact details shall be:

The Chief Engineer / RAPDRP,

Dakshin Haryana Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited,

Vidyut Sadan, Vidyut Nagar, Hissar-125005 Haryana

Email : [email protected]

Phone:01662-223194; Fax:01662-222126

GCC 7.1 The governing law shall be: Laws applicable in exclusive jurisdiction of The High

Court Of Judicature at Punjab & Haryana High Court, Chandigarh India and all

courts subordinate to it’s exclusive Jurisdiction.

GCC 8.2 The formal mechanism for the resolution of disputes shall be:

If the parties fail to resolve such a dispute or difference by mutual consultation

within twenty-eight (28) days from the commencement of such dispute and

difference, either party may require that the dispute be referred for resolution to

the formal mechanisms, described below (The date of commencement of the

dispute shall be taken from the date when this clause reference is quoted by either

party in a formal communication clearly mentioning existence of dispute or as

mutually agreed) :

a. The mechanism for resolution of disputes for bidders shall be in

accordance with the Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act of 1996. The

Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of 3 (Three) Arbitrators. Each Party shall

nominate an Arbitrator and the two nominated Arbitrators shall mutually

agree and nominate a third Presiding Arbitrator.

b. The Arbitrators shall necessarily be retired High Court Judges and the

umpire shall be a retired Chief Justice.

c. The place for arbitration shall be Hisar or Panchkula.

GCC 10.1

Details of shipping and documents to be furnished by the Supplier shall be:

FOR GOODS SUPPLIED FROM ABROAD AS PER INCOTERMS CIF :

Upon shipment, the Supplier shall notify the Purchaser and the Insurance

Company by telex or fax the full details of the shipment (Consignment through air

is also possible), including Contract number, description of Goods, quantity, the

vessel, the bill of lading number and date, port of loading, date of shipment, port

of discharge, etc. The Supplier shall send the following documents to the

Purchaser, with a copy to the Insurance Company.

(a) Copy of the Supplier’s invoice showing the description of the Goods, quantity,

unit CIF price and total amount;

(b) Copy of on-board bill of lading marked “freight prepaid”.

(c) Copy of the packing list identifying contents of each lot.

(d) Insurance certificate;

Page 98: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 98 of 193

(e) Copy of test certificate approval and dispatch instructions issued by the

purchaser (combined or separately).

(f) Certificate of Origin.

(g) Manufacturer’s or supplier’s Warranty Certificate

The Purchaser shall receive the above documents at least two weeks before

arrival of the Goods at the port or place of arrival and, if not received, the Supplier

will be responsible for any consequent expenses.

For goods from within the Purchaser’s country as per INCOTERMS EXW

basis including freight and insurance charges:

Upon delivery of the Goods to the transporter, the Supplier shall notify the

Purchaser and send the following documents to the Purchaser;

a) Copy of the Supplier’s invoice showing the description of the Goods, quantity,

unit Ex-works price and total amount;

b) Copy of Motor Transport Receipt (MTR) of a transport contractor approved by

Indian Bankers Association or material receipt certificate from consignee.

c) Copy of test certificate approval and dispatch instructions issued by the

purchaser combined or separately.

d) Copy of packing list identifying contents of each lot.

e) Insurance certificate;

f) Certificate of Origin.

g) Manufacturer’s or supplier’s Warranty Certificate

The Purchaser shall receive the above documents before the arrival of the Goods

and, if not received, the Supplier will be responsible for any consequent expenses.

GCC 13.2 The price adjustment shall be:

The bidders may please note that the prices are upward/downward adjustable.

Purchaser reserves the right to review and negotiate the charges payable at any

time to incorporate downward revisions as applicable and necessary, including

due to lowering of any applicable taxes, duties and any other statutory levies.

Prices shall not be subject to any upward/downward revision on any account

whatsoever throughout the period of contract. Provided that any revision in taxes,

statutory levies, duties which is not occasioned due to any change in place,

method and time of supply or non-performance / non-fulfilment of any condition of

any exemption considered by the vendor at the time of proposal, shall be

considered for price adjustments.

The utility reserves the right to increase or decrease the quantity of materials

under the contract subject to the limit of 30% of the quantity of materials covered

under the contract. It is clarified that this increase or decrease of 30% shall not

entitle either party to claim revision of the unit price of the goods supplied.

In case of services where lump-sum prices are quoted, the increase or decrease

of 30% of the quantity of materials shall be subject to mutual negotiations.

Page 99: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 99 of 193

GCC 14.1 General terms and conditions of Payment Schedule

1) All payments shall be made by the Purchaser in favour of the Supplier

(System Integrator)

2) The release of payments will be Performance (output) based, where the

payments are made for measured deliverables and outputs. The SLAs will

govern the penalty and reductions from payments for inferior deliverables.

3) Payments made under the Contract shall be approved by the financing

agency in accordance with the terms and conditions of the financing

agreement between the Purchaser and the financing agency, and will be

subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of that financing/Loan

Agreement.

4) System Integrator should obtain completion certificate for each project

area from the utility and raise an invoice against the same.

5) Payments against invoice submitted (accompanied with all requisite

documents) shall be released within 45 days of submission of invoice.

6) System Integrator needs to ensure completion of all works for a project

area before submitting the invoice. This includes supply of required

hardware, software, customization, installation and commissioning. In

addition others activities, integration of identified legacy systems etc. shall

also be completed. Payments shall be made Circle wise and approved only

after the entire scope of work for a Circle is completed. In case even part

of the work is pending (applications or hardware or networking etc.)

payment for that Circle shall not be made.

7) In case go-live of any project area is delayed, the entire cost and/or time

over-run shall be the responsibility of the Supplier and shall be borne by

him only.

8) Power to withhold: Notwithstanding anything contained in the payment

schedule mentioned below, if in the opinion of the Purchaser, any work

done or supply made or service rendered by Supplier is deficient in any

manner in comparison to the prescribed standards, Purchaser shall be at

liberty to withhold a reasonable portion of the payments due to the

Supplier, till such work/ supply/ service is made confirming to the

prescribed standards. These powers to withhold payments shall be without

prejudice to any other power/ right of the purchaser under this contract.

9) All payments for Facilities Management Services (FMS) shall only be made

after submission of the Audit reports (in original) which shall be submitted

by the Supplier along with the invoices and acceptance of the same by the

Purchaser.

Payment Schedule

Total Project Cost is divided into following three components which is further

combined to form two parts of project as defined in section 9.0., Scope of Work:

Page 100: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 100 of 193

Cost Head

Capex for ITIA selected for Part A

Capex for ITIA selected for Part B

Opex for ITIA selected for Part B

a. Payment schedule of CAPEX for ITIA selected for Part B:

Phase Activity

Payment

Schedule Milestones

Setting of

Office

Infrastructure*

*

Procurement of IT and non

IT Infrastructure(Excluding

Bandwidth)

30% (with

adjustmen

t of 30% of

mobilisatio

n

advance)

On Management

confirmation that

material procured

as per the work

order.

Installation and

commissioning of IT and

Non IT infrastructure and

establishing connectivity to

Data Center

50% (with

adjustmen

t of 50% of

mobilisatio

n

advance)

On System testing

by Vendor &

management

confirmation that

material is

received &

commissioned as

per the Work

order. Also

systems are

integrated with

Data Centre &

legacy

applications.

Completion of

Project***

20% (with

adjustmen

t of 20% of

mobilisatio

n

advance)

After 3 months of

Go-Live date,

based on

management

confirmation that

system is meeting

the performance

requirements as

specified in Work

order

Page 101: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 101 of 193

b. Payment schedule of CAPEX for ITIA selected for Part A:

Phase Activity

Payment

Schedule Milestones

Application

Changes

including Go-

live of pilot

town**

Identification of changes in

applications to exclude

GIS application touch

points (interfaces) also

changes in application flow

for Non-RAPDRP towns,

role creation and allocation

30% (with

adjustmen

t of 30% of

mobilisatio

n

advance)

Successful testing

of all application

changes including

development,

integration and

configuration

Circle wise

target

3 Circle per Two months

per DISCOM (DH & UH)

17%+17%

+16%

(with

adjustmen

t of 50% of

mobilisatio

n

advance)

Go-Live of the

circles

Completion of

Project***

20%

(with

adjustmen

t of 20% of

mobilisatio

n

advance)

After 3 months of

Go-Live date,

based on

management

confirmation that

system is meeting

the performance

requirements as

specified in Work

order

** 70% of actual cost must not exceed the estimated payment cost %, in case it

exceeds, minimum of the two shall be paid.

***End of Contract: Payment allocated at the end of contract may be released

earlier, provided the supplier submits the Bank Guarantee (BG) for an amount

equivalent to 20% of contract value. This BG shall remain in force up to and

including 6 months after warranty period.

Page 102: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 102 of 193

c. Payment Schedule of OPEX for ITIA selected for Part B

Cost for support and maintenance shall be payable quarterly during the 4 years

support and maintenance period from the date of “Enterprise wide rollout – go live

date”. Quarterly instalments will be 1/16th of the total IT support and maintenance

cost. Payments will be subject to the Audit reports for that quarter. Bandwidth

charges and GPRS rental will also be payable against quarterly invoice. No limit

is defined for minimum FMS cost, however, quoted price shall be considered in

financial evaluation.

Phase Activity Payment

Schedule

Milestones

FMS ,

Bandwidth,

GPRS Sim

Rental

Support and

maintenance

Quarterly Cost for support and

maintenance will be

payable quarterly

during the 4 years

support and

maintenance period

from the date of

“Enterprise wide

rollout – go live date”

and only upon

fulfillment of SLA.

GCC 14.5 The currencies for payments shall be in Indian Rupees (INR).

GCC 16.1 The Supplier shall provide Performance Security of ten (10) percent of the total

Contract Price. The currency and amount of Performance Security shall be

specified at the time of awarding the contract to successful bidder.

The selected vendor for Part B of the project will give an additional contract

Performance Bank Guarantee equal to quoted FMS value (1/4 of that being

released every year on successful completion of FMS and other obligations each

year) shall be submitted by selected bidder to take care of any non-performance

during FMS period.

GCC 16.3 The Performance Security shall be in the form of Bank Guarantee issued by a

Scheduled Bank as notified by Reserve Bank of India

Page 103: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 103 of 193

GCC 21.2 The packing, marking and documentation within and outside the packages if

applicable shall be: As specified (if any) in Technical Specification

GCC 22.1 The insurance coverage: Goods supplied under the contract shall be also fully

insured on all risk basis during inland transit up to destination store in the

purchaser’s country. The supplier must insure the Goods in an amount equal to

110% of CIF/EXW price of Goods.

GCC 26.3 The period of validity of the warranty shall be 48 months from the date of

commissioning or 54 months from the date of delivery whichever is earlier.

GCC 26.5 In case any damage or defect is found during verification after receipt of material

at Purchaser’s stores or material develops defects within warranty period, the

supplier shall attend/replace such defects free of all charges within 30 days of

being notified by the Purchaser, of the occurrence of such defects. In case the

defect is not attended or replacement of material is not received within specified

period, then apart from encashing the performance security deposit, the Purchaser

may also take suitable penal action including debarring from all future business.

Page 104: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 104 of 193

12. Appendices

12.1. AGREEMENT: (To be done separately with ITIA’s to be appointed for Part A and

Part B of the project)

THIS AGREEMENT is made on this ________ (eg. 3rd) day of

________________________(eg. February), _____(eg. 2009), between

______________________________________of __________________________

(hereinafter called “the Purchaser”) which expression shall unless repugnant to the

context thereof include his successors, heirs, assigns, of the one part, and

__________________________________ of ______________________________

(hereinafter called “the Supplier”) which expression shall unless repugnant to the

context thereof include his successors, heirs, assigns, of the other part.

WHEREAS the Purchaser had invited bids for certain Goods and Related Services,

viz.,

___________________________________________________________________

_ (eg. Name of bid) vide their bid document number

__________________________________________, dated _______________

AND WHEREAS various applications were received pursuant to the said bid

AND WHEREAS the Purchaser has accepted a Bid by the Supplier for the supply of

those Goods and Related Services in the sum of

________________________________________________________ (hereinafter

“the Contract Price”).

And in pursuance of having accepted the said bid the parties have agreed to enter

into this agreement.

NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS:

1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as

are respectively assigned to them in the Contract referred to.

2. The following documents (collectively referred to as “Contract Documents”)

shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement, viz.:

i. the Detailed award of contract;

ii. the Service level agreement;

iii. Instructions to Bidders

iv. the Special Conditions of Contract;

v. the General Conditions of Contract;

vi. the SRS document

vii. the Scope of Work;

viii. the Technical Specifications

Page 105: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 105 of 193

ix. the Purchaser’s Notification to the Supplier for Award of Contract;

x. Vendor’s response (proposal) to the RFP, including the Bid Submission Sheet

and the Price Schedules submitted by the Supplier;

xi. Appendix Unpriced-BOM, A to L, Price Bid Format;

xii. Acceptance of purchaser’s notification

In the event of any discrepancy or inconsistency within the Contract documents, then

the documents shall prevail in the order listed above.

3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Purchaser to the Supplier

as indicated in this Agreement, the Supplier hereby covenants with the Purchaser to

provide the Goods and Related Services and to remedy the defects therein and bring

them in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Contract.

4. The Purchaser hereby covenants to pay the Supplier in consideration of the

provision of the Goods and Related Services and the remedying of defects therein,

the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of

the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in

accordance with the laws of ________________________ on the day, month and year

indicated above.

Signed by __________________________________________ (Authorised Utility

official)

Signed by __________________________________________________ (for the

Supplier)

Witness-1

Witness-2

Page 106: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 106 of 193

12.2. Performance Security: (To be provided by ITIA’s for both Part A and Part B of

the project)

(To be accompanied with the Bank Guarantee)

Date:

Contract Name and No. :

To:

WHEREAS _______________________________________ (hereinafter called “the

Supplier”) which expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof include his

successors, heirs, assigns has undertaken, pursuant to Contract No. ____________

dated ________________, _______ to supply

__________________________________________ (hereinafter called “the

Contract”).

AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the aforementioned Contract that the

Supplier shall furnish you with a security ____________________ issued by a

reputable guarantor for the sum specified therein as security for compliance with the

Supplier’s performance obligations in accordance with the Contract.

AND WHEREAS the undersigned

________________________________________________________________,

legally domiciled in ________________________________

____________________________________________, (hereinafter “the Guarantor”)

which expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof include his successors,

heirs, assigns have agreed to give the Supplier a security:

THEREFORE WE hereby affirm that we are Guarantors and responsible to you, on

behalf of the Supplier, up to a total of

____________________________________________________ and we undertake

to pay you without protest and demur, upon your first written demand declaring the

Supplier to be in default under the Contract, without cavil or argument, any sum or

sums within the limits of ______________________ as aforesaid, without your

needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand or the sum specified

therein.

This security is valid until _________ hours of the ___________________ day of

__________________, _____.

Page 107: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 107 of 193

Name

In the capacity of

Signed

Duly authorized to sign the security for and on behalf of

Date

Page 108: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 108 of 193

Appendix Un-priced BOM

Category Sub

Category Type/Discription Unit

Quanitity to be

supplied Make Model

Hardware for Sub Division Office Infrastructure for Non RAPDRP areas

Switches Layer II Switch

Nos.

Routers

Router for MPLS/ VPN Network

Nos.

Cabling System

Cables, Jacks etc.

Nos. Workstation / Equipment Cords

Nos.

IP Telephony IP Phone Nos.

UPS and Battery System

UPS for Subdivision offices 5 kVA Nos. UPS for Other offices 3 KVA

Workstation PCs, Printers & Others

Workstation PC (With Computer chair &table) Nos. Bar Code Readers Nos. Laser Jet Printers for cashiers Nos. Multipurpose Network Printer Nos.

Additional Components

Anti Virus Nos

Windows CAL Nos

Exchange CAL Nos

Metering Infrastructure

Metering Infrastructure GPRS Modem Nos.

Bandwidth for DHBVN and UHBVN

Page 109: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 109 of 193

Item Description Type Unit Total

Quantity Make

Bandwidth for Sub division offices

Network Connectivity - Primary Link - MPLS - VPN for 4 years (2 MBPS)

For 4 Years MBPS

Network Connectivity - Secondary Link - for 4 years (512 KBPS)

For 4 Years MBPS

Bandwidth for other offices

Network Connectivity Charges for Primary link for3 years(512 kbps)

For 4 years MBPS

Bandwidth for DC and DR

Item Description Type Unit Total

Quantity Make

Total bandwidth Requirement at DC (Secondary)

For 4 Years MBPS

Total bandwidth Requirement at DR (Primary)

For 4 Years MBPS

Total bandwidth Requirement at DR (Secondary)

For 4 Years MBPS

Additional Replication Bandwidth DC-DR Primary

For 4 Years MBPS

Additional Replication Bandwidth DC-DR Secondary

For 4 Years MBPS

Additional Internet Bandwidth DC Primary

For 4 Years MBPS

Additional Internet Bandwidth DC Secondary

For 4 Years MBPS

Additional Internet Bandwidth DR Primary

For 4 Years MBPS

Additional Internet Bandwidth DR Secondary

For 4 Years MBPS

Bandwidth for DHBVN and UHBVN

SIMS Type Unit Qunatity Make

No.

of

Years

Nos. Rs.

GPRS Sim (Consumer Meters) Nos. 4

Page 110: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 110 of 193

Appendix A- Mandatory Technical Specifications As per applicability to Part A and Part B of the project, ITIA should provide

documentary proof of compliance of following specification. Where it is not possible to

submit any certified proof for the same, ITIA shall self-certify that it would comply with

the specification during implementation or provide justification that specification is not

applicable to its scope of work.

Table 1: (i) Mandatory Technical Specifications for Part A of the project

A Solution Specifications Validation

Through

(Certificate/

Document/ Self

Certify)

Available/

Not

available

A.1 The solution must be as defined in

Section 9.0. i.e. Scope of Work of RFP.

In case of any conflict with any provision

relating to the SRS document and the

RFP document, the provisions of the

RFP document shall prevail for all intents

and purposes.

Self-Certificate

(ii) Mandatory Technical Requirements for Part B of the project

A Solution Specifications Validation

Through

(Certificate/

Document/ Self

Certify)

Available/

Not

available

A.1 The solution must be as defined in

Section 9.0. i.e. Scope of Work of RFP.

In case of any conflict with any provision

relating to the SRS document and the

RFP document, the provisions of the

RFP document shall prevail for all intents

and purposes.

Self-Certificate

B Hardware Technical Specifications

B.1 The hardware solution shall meet the

performance criteria specified in the

contract.

Certificate

Page 111: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 111 of 193

A Solution Specifications Validation

Through

(Certificate/

Document/ Self

Certify)

Available/

Not

available

In case the offered hardware does not

meet the performance criteria, the

supplier must provide additional

equipments or upgrade the equipments

without any additional cost to the utility.

B.2 The supplier shall submit the data sheets

for each of the hardware model detailing

the specifications of the hardware.

Document

B.3 The hardware models shall be supported

by the hardware OEM for a minimum

period of next four years.

Self-Certify from

OEM

C Mandatory Requirements of OEM for

Hardware

C.1 The OEM vendor shall have ISO

9001:2000 and ISO 14000 certifications. Certificate

C.2

The OEM vendor shall have an annual

turnover more than Rs. 250 crores from

hardware business in each of the last

three financial years.

Document & Self

Certify

C.3

The OEM vendor shall have at least one

service center within the State with

sufficient infrastructure.

Self Certify with

address details

Page 112: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 112 of 193

Appendix B- Technical Specifications Mandatory Technical Specifications: Only applicable for Part B of the project.

Below sheet has to be filled by the bidder as its response to technical

specifications requirements and to be submitted along with the bid, in a CD (in

duplicate)

The hardcopy of the same should necessarily be submitted along with the

technical bid submission

1.0 VPN/ MPLS Wide Area Network

Number Description/Requirement

Supplier Response

(Compliant/Non Compliant)

1.1 General Guidelines

1.1.1

WAN shall be a TCP/IP based network on a high-performance packet forwarding

technology that integrates the performance and traffic management capabilities of data link layer (Layer 2) switching with the scalability, flexibility, and performance of network

1.1.2 The WAN will be built to incorporate any open standards available as per Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model. The network should support seamless transformation and integration of protocols.

1.1.3 The WAN has to upgrade the network infrastructure/software to support new protocols adopted by Internet community as a continuous process without any additional cost. For

example, migration from IPv4 to IPv6 as and when the transition is required

1.1.4 WAN must use the hardware devices, such as Internet routers, terminal servers, Internet systems that interface to Ethernets, or datagram-based database servers, which support

open standards and have open Network Management System (NMS) support for monitor

1.1.5 WAN network equipment should have Ipv4 and IPv6 features.

1.1.6 WAN shall have the capability to run IP routing protocols like OSPF (Open Shortest Path Find) version 2, OSPF v3, RIP v2, RIPng, OSPF over demand circuit, IS-IS, BGP4

1.1.7 WAN may run any routing protocol (like OSPF, BGP) depending on the individual design criteria of the WAN. It is mandatory that the network should allow interaction between

multiple routing protocols for keeping a unified network reach ability table across

1.1.8 While two routing protocols are interacting to exchange routing updates, there should be

the capability to selectively filter certain routes for security reasons

1.1.9

WAN should be capable to provision IP multicast based services. The same would require the capability of running industry standard IP multicast protocols like Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) Sparse Mode and Dense Mode, Multicast OSPF (MOSPF),

multicast BGP (MBGP) and DVMRP

1.1.10 WAN should have the multicast group management capability through Industry standard

protocols like Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version 1, 2 and 3

1.1.11

The voice networking of WAN should be based on IP and should be designed in such a

way that a central call processing system is able to service phones at remote locations. WAN should have the voice conferencing solution deployed based on industry standard protocols

1.1.12 All communications happening over the various links within the WAN should be encrypted using standard protocols like IPSec, 3DES & AES to ensure highly secure communication

1.1.13 WAN should have adequate device for performing intelligent packet filtering, URL filtering, context based access control, blocking of malicious contents to maximize security

1.1.14 All equipments proposed shall ensure optimum throughput to take care of the connectivity requirements of the network including minimum bandwidth requirement and scalability in bandwidth

1.1.15 All networking equipments proposed shall support SNMP

1.1.16

The capacity of the links at various tier of WAN will be up gradable subject to actual

usage and utilization for the particular channel. The Bidder shall be responsible for regular monitoring of bandwidth utilization and generating reports at regular interval

Page 113: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 113 of 193

1.2 WAN for Circle and Division offices

1.2.1 All connectivity of distant locations will be directly to the Data centre

1.2.2 The proposed network has to be on a minimum 2 Mbps VPN connectivity

1.2.3 The various offices like circles, divisions and various other offices as per the requirement of the utility will be connected to Data Centre via VPN cloud of the Service Provider

1.2.4

The uplink WAN connection will terminate in a networking device, which will be

connected to the switch via security equipment, which will ensure the fully secure enterprise VPN.

1.3 WAN for Sub division offices

1.3.1 The Sub divisional Head Quarters would be connected to the Data centre through minimum 2 Mbps VPN connectivity from service provider along with ISDN line as back up connectivity

1.4 Authentication

1.4.1 RADIUS, including Challenge/Response

1.4.2 LDAP

1.4.3 Native local user database

1.4.4 Active Card (RADIUS)

1.5 Encryption

1.5.1 SSL v2.0, 3.0

1.5.2 TLS 1.0 (RFC 2246)

1.5.3 IPsec (AES)

1.6 Granular Auditing and logging

1.6.1 User sign-in and sign-out

1.6.2 Session timeouts, including idle and maximum length session timeouts

1.6.3 User file requests, uploads, downloads, etc.

1.6.4 User connects and disconnects via clientless telnet/SSH function

1.6.5 Web requests, every HTML request. Java Applet socket commands, etc.

1.6.6 Bytes transferred for client/server application requests

1.6.7 The SSL VPN box should log for : User/admin authentication success /failure, access

1.6.8

Number of simultaneous users at each one hour interval (logged on the hour), gateway

address, session ID, session time, and cause of termination, Any changes to the system, Session timeouts, including idle and maximum length session timeouts

1.7 End point security: (This facility would be deployed as and when required)

1.7.1 Native Host check before permitting access to the resources including without having any preloaded agent on the end point PC.

1.7.2

Pre-Specified checks such as Antivirus update, Spyware, Ports check, process check,

File check, Registry check, Software version check like antivirus version and custom checks based on user flexibility.

1.7.3 Authentication parameter including username password, digital certificates, RSA token.

1.8 Access Privilege Management

1.8.1

The SSL VPN should permit access to a user based on : Dynamic Authentication: Source IP, Network Interface (internal/external), Digital

certificate, Endpoint Security - Host Checker/Cache Cleaner, User Agent (Browser), Sign-in URL SSL version and cipher

1.9 Role Definition

1.9.1

The following can be used to determine the identity of the user - User name - User attribute(s)

- Certificate attribute(s) - Groups (static, dynamic)

1.9.2

Role Mapping based on Simple expressions (AND Based) combining identity plus

restrictions: - Source IP - Digital certificate Endpoint Security

- Host Checker/Cache Cleaner - User Agent (browser) - Time of Day

- Login Time Authentication Type (e.g. dual factor) - Network Interface (external/internal)

1.9.3 Role mapping rules can by dynamically or periodically evaluated upon administrator's configuration changes and upon demand

1.10 Performance, High Availability and Scalability

Page 114: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 114 of 193

1.10.1 The SSL VPN solution should support hardware-based SSL acceleration for RC4, 3DES and AES encryption.

1.10.2 The SSL VPN solution should support software based compression for all traffic (HTTP, file, client/server application) enabling rapid response times even at very high concurrent

user loads

1.10.3 Support for High Availability of SSL VPN appliance

1.10.4 The SSL VPN units that are part of a cluster communicate session and database information among them for stateful failover. Stateful synchronization should be done for configuration, policy, profile, and session

1.11 Single Sign-on

1.11.1 Standards-based interface for extensive integration with password policies in directory stores (LDAP, Active Directory, NT, etc.)

1.11.2 Ability to pass user name, credential and other customer defined attributes to the authentication forms of other products (HTTP POST)

1.11.3 Ability to pass user name, credential and other customer defined attributes as header variables

1.11.4 Cookie Based, Basic Auth (W3C)

1.11.5 Support for multiple host names from the same appliance, as well as support for multiple customisable sign-in pages

1.11.6 Modes of operation: Clientless –Browser based Client : For client server access

1.11.7 Full Network access should also be supported with end point security.

2.0 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

Number Description/Requirement

Supplier

Response (Compliant/Non

Compliant)

2.1 General

2.1.1 All network drops will be a dual drop of Category 6 rated cable. This configuration will support current application and present an additional growth capability.

2.1.2 The network drops will be terminated in compliance with Category 6 or higher specifications to two RJ45 jacks and labeled with IDF No., Panel No. (where applicable) and jack ID numbers.

2.1.3 All cable that runs back to cable telecom closets will be terminated on a Category 6 rated patch panel, clearly labeled for each jack

2.1.4 The cabling contractor should provide cable certification reports and warranty statements to verify each Category 6 drop.

2.1.5 Copper/UTP Category 6 cable runs exceeding 295 feet will be deemed unacceptable, as

they would be out of specification with regard to the EIA/TIA 568x specification

2.1.6

The maximum permitted horizontal distance is 90 meters (295’) with 10 meters (33’)

allowed as the total cumulative length for patch cables, jumpers cords, etc. (Total maximum length not to exceed 100 meters)

2.1.7 Horizontal cables are Category 6 or (XL-7) or higher rated 4-Pair /100 Ohm UTP cables

2.1.8 Copper cabling must have all four pairs terminated and pairs must not be split between jacks.

2.2 Required Installation Practices To Be exercised By The Contractors

2.2.1 Cable and cable bundles will not be attached to any electrical wiring or light fixtures, nor will its vertical deflection allow it to come in contact with ceiling grids, HVAC mechanical controls, fluorescent light fixtures, or drainage line piping.

2.2.2 All cables terminating at the distribution frame will be vertically straight with no cables crossing each other from twelve inches the ceiling area to the termination block

2.2.3

All MDF/IDF tie and station cable bundles will be combed and bundled to accommodate

individual termination block rows. Each cable or cable bundle will be secured to both the distribution frame and the structure to which the frame anchor points placed a maximum of nine inches apart starting at the center of the top of the termination block

2.2.4 For any given MDF/IDF, a horizontal and vertical alignment for all mounting hardware will

be maintained, providing a symmetrical and uniform appearance to the distribution frame

2.2.5 Contractor will firmly secure any surface mount device, including station cable

termination plates/jacks

Page 115: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 115 of 193

2.2.6 MDF/IDF, station cables, and tie a cable refers to distribution frames and cabling located inside the building as defined in any scope of work. All station cables in offices or work

areas will be installed behind the wall or inside provided floor or duct channels

2.2.7 Station cables will terminate on jacks as per the system requirements or specified by owner. All terminations will be made to Category 6 standards. It is the responsibility of

the Contractor to understand and comply with these requirements

2.2.8

IDF/MDF termination racks and panels will be mounted vertically or horizontally (if any

required) with a uniform spacing between each row of panels and jacks. Cable management will be mounted on the top, sides, and front as required to provide a symmetric

2.2.9

All Node Desk Top Station Cables shall meet the following criteria : • Category 6 Plenum cables will be installed for all interior environments. • All patch and station will be terminated on panduit Category 6 rated RJ45 jacks.

• All patch and station cables will be kept to a minimum length in order to keep the channel distance within the 100meter specification, as set by the EIA/TIA. • All data cable installations shall meet Category 6 Standards from the originating IDF to

the furthest remote cable termination point

Supplemental equipment refers to the different types of hardware, brackets racks and attachments required installing the cabling in the Data center complex distribution system

per these specifications.

2.2.10

All IDF/MDF wall mount racks shall include at minimum: - Vertical front and back cable management along watch side of rack

- Horizontal cable management at top of rack and every 48-72 jacks, or 72 port panel, thereafter. - Horizontal rack-mount surge protector including 12ft. cord for standard household

220V/15A power, On/Off switch, circuit breaker, and minimum 6 standard Multipurpose AC outlets. (To be installed in racks housing electronic equipment.)

2.2.11

All IDF/MDF floor mount racks will include at minimum :

- Secure attachment to building floor at bottom - Secure attachment to wall via ladder attachment to rack - Vertical front and back cable management along each side of rack

- Horizontal cable management at top of rack and every 48-72 jacks, or 72 port panel, thereafter. - Horizontal rack-mount surge protector including 12ft. cord for standard household

220V/15A power, On/Off switch, circuit breaker, and minimum 6 standard Multipurpose AC outlets. (To be installed in racks housing electronic equipment.)

2.2.12

• All IDF/MDF floor mount racks will include at minimum: - Access for mobility and service needs. - Leveling feet/pads for stability when not being serviced

- Vertical front and back cable management inside each rack - Adequate ventilation mechanism, including top-mount exhaust fans - Horizontal cable management inside of and at top rack and every 48-72 jacks, or 72

port panel, thereafter. - Horizontal rack-mount surge protector including 12ft. cord for standard household 220V/15A power, On/Off switch, circuit breaker, and minimum 6 standard Multipurpose

AC outlets. (To be installed in racks housing electronic equipment.)

2.2.13

The Contractor will provide a complete and final location table and spreadsheet indicating all wall jack locations including the following information: jack numbers, room

number, wall orientation per jack number North, South, East, or West, or Power Pole if applicable), landmark orientation and distance. Cable Installation through the floor will be released to meet applicable codes

2.2.14 The cabling system is not considered Category 6 complaint unless all cabling components satisfy the requirements for Category 6 UTP installation practices and certified

2.2.15 All UTP shall be installed according to the TIA/EIA standard regarding color codes,

labelling and documentation

2.2.16 The amount of untwisting when terminating Cat 6 jacks or panels is according to EIA/TIA parameters for Category 6 installations

2.2.17 The bend radii should not be less than the specification set by the EIA/TIA for Category 6 installations

2.2.18

Conduit or duct may be required for some projects. Any wire molding required shall be of

the non-adhesive-backed type using metal fasteners for attachment. Wall molding must be installed for all exposed cabling in marked areas

Upon completion, the Contractor will provide the following documentation:

2.2.19

1. A document indicating the MDF and IDF cable count assignments. § Test results of all cable plans and distances between MDF, IDF, and MDF/IDF to Station Termination locations.

2. An updated cabling location table indicating: § Cable drop label/Identifier § Location of each drop by room number/location point.

§ Location of each drop by north, south, east, or west wall, or power pole where applicable § Location of each drop by orientation/permanent landmark in the room

Page 116: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 116 of 193

§ A corresponding cross-reference for each drop identifying the source IDF/MDF identifier

§ A corresponding cross-reference for each drop identifying the source IDF/MDF building(s) § A corresponding cross-reference for each drop identifying the source IDF/MDF floor

§ A corresponding cross-reference for each drop identifying the source IDF/MDF room number § All information contained in the cabling location table will be delivered to owner via both

hard-copy/paper and electronic format. § One hard copy of each updated cabling location table will be pasted in the location-wiring closet (IDF/MDF), attached to or inside the rack or enclosure.

§ All documentation becomes the property of owner. § All document costs must be itemized and included in the quoted price for each project. 3. An updated floor-plan providing visual identification of the drops or IDFs added for the

installation (s) at the site : § Owner will provide, where/when a available, a floor-plan for the purpose of updating

owner drawings. § If a floor-plan does not exist for a site, contractor should create a reasonably accurate

hand-drawn floor—plan of the building and floors to be affected by the installation, attaching accurate dimension and orientation markings.

2.3 Fiber Optic Installation Requirements

2.3.1 Fiber optic cable shall be tight-buffered construction, all dielectric, with no metallic components of any kind. Outer cable sheath construction will be of NEC 8300 Rated OFNP (PLENUM) Jacket- Flame retardant material.

2.3.2 Each buffer tube within a cable must be color coded with none of the same colors appearing in one cable. Each fiber within a buffer tube must be color coded with none of the same colors appearing in the same buffer tube.

2.3.3 Jumpers will be premium performance two-fiber dual sub-unit cable, OFNR or OFNP

classified round type for routing inside cabinet spaces.

2.4 Terminations/ Connections / Splicing

2.4.1 Entire cable runs will be installed in one continuous length from bulkhead connector to bulkhead connector, including coiled loops, without splices or repairs.

2.4.2 Individual mated connector pair loss will be less than or equal to 0.20 dB.

2.4.3 All fiber distribution panels will have plastic dust caps on each unused fiber termination.

2.4.4 Multimode fiber patch cables will be terminated with ‘ST’ connectors and in accordance

with industry standards

2.4.5 Bulkhead distribution cabinets must have phenolic labels showing cable numbers and far end location for each cable terminated in the cabinet.

2.4.6 Cable installation shall meet all manufacturer specifications for tensile loading, bend radius, and vertical rise. All pulls involving a winch must be monitored for tension and cannot exceed the maximum tensile rating.

2.4.7 Lubricants may be used to facilitate pulling of cables but the lubricant must not be harmful to the cable, the raceway or humans

2.4.8 A swivel-pulling head must be used on all pulls to prevent twisting of the cable as it is

pulled into place.

2.4.9 Fiber-optic cable and inter-ducts installed in a cable but the lubricant must not be harmful to the cable tray should be fastened to the tray with UV resistant tie wraps at loft

intervals.

2.4.10 Each time a cable enters a cabinet or junction box it must be securely tied down with cable ties

2.4.11 No individual exposed fibers will be permitted.

2.4.12 Cable entrances into equipment or cabinets must be protected with insulated bushings or grommets.

2.4.13 A minimum of ten feet of extra cable should be coiled as a service loop at the end of

each run

2.4.14 Two, one-meter lengths of cable, cut from each reel of cable supplied, will be provided to owner as permanent retention samples. These samples are to be neatly tagged with the

manufacturer’s cable numbers, serial number, and reel number.

Page 117: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 117 of 193

3.0 Local Area Network

Number Description/Requirement

Supplier

Response (Compliant/Non

Compliant)

3.1 LAN Network setup should be planned for high-speed connectivity to the servers, with

non-blocking design

3.2 LSN should be able to handle congestion of traffic and manage the bandwidth available during peak load

3.3 The network equipment shall be highly reliable providing 99.99% uptime

3.4 The reliability should be provided at the levels including cabling infrastructure, active components, on link level, redundant cabling

3.5 The bidder shall identify the point of failures in active component; define multiple logical paths, load balancing and QOS implementation.

3.6 Reference Standards for Ethernet Switches should comply with IEEE, RFC’s and standards accordingly for features specified against different switches as specified in

RFP document

3.7 References and standards for Structured Cabling system should be compliant with standards specified in RFP document

4.0 Cabling System and Component Specifications

Number Description/Requirement

Supplier

Response (Compliant/Non

Compliant)

4.1 Specifications of UTP Cabling System

4.1.1 The specification of UTP Cabling system should be meet standards as specified below:

i Type Unshielded twisted pair cabling system, TIA / EIA 568-B.1 addendum Category 6 Cabling system

ii Networks Supported 10 / 100 Ethernet, 155 Mbps ATM, 1000 Mbps IEEE 802.3ab Ethernet, and proposed Cat 6 Gigabit Ethernet

iii TIA / EIA 568-B.1 ETL Verified

iv IEEE 802.3ab Zero-bit Error, ETL verified

v Warranty 25-year systems warranty; Warranty to cover Bandwidth of the specified and installed cabling system, and the installation costs

vi

Performance

characteristics to be provided along with bid

Attenuation, Pair-to-pair and PS NEXT, ELFEXT and PSELFEXT, Return Loss, ACR and PS ACR for 4-connector channel

4.1.2 The specification of UTP Cable should be meet standards as specified below:

i Type Unshielded Twisted Pair, Category 6, TIA / EIA 568-B.2

ii Conductors 24 AWG solid bare copper

iii Insulation Polyethylene

iv Separator Should be a cross filler. Any other filler type, like bi-directional strip would not be acceptable.

v Jacket Flame Retardant PVC

vi Approvals

UL Listed

vii ETL verified to TIA / EIA Cat 6

viii Operating temperature

-20 Deg. C to +60 Deg. C

ix Frequency tested up to

600 MHz

x Packing Box of 305 meters

xi Delay Skew 25ns / 100m MAX.

xii Impedance 100 Ohms + / - 15 ohms

Page 118: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 118 of 193

xiii

Performance characteristics to be

provided along with bid

Attenuation, Pair-to-pair and PS NEXT, ELFEXT and

PSELFEXT, Return Loss, ACR and PS ACR

4.1.3 The specification of UTP Jacks should be meet standards as specified below:

i Type PCB based, Unshielded Twisted Pair, Category 6, TIA / EIA 568-B.2

ii Modular Jack 750 mating cycles

iii Wire terminal 200 termination cycles

iv Accessories Strain relief and bend-limiting boot for cable

v Integrated hinged dust cover

vi Housing Poly-phenylene oxide, 94V-0 rated

vii Wiring blocks Polycarbonate, 94V-0 rated

viii Jack contacts Phosphorous bronze, plated with 1.27micro-meter thick gold

ix Approvals UL listed

x Performance Characteristics to be

provided with bid

Attenuation, NEXT, PS NEXT, FEXT and Return Loss

xi The specification of UTP Jack Panels should be meet standards as specified below:

xii Type 24-port, Modular, PCB based, Unshielded Twisted Pair,

Category 6, TIA / EIA 568-B.2

xiii Ports 24, upgradeable to intelligent jack panel

xiv Port arrangement Modules of 6-ports each

xv Category Category 6

xvi Circuit Identification Scheme

Icons on each of 24-ports

xvii Port Identification 9mm or 12mm Labels on each of 24-ports (to be included in

supply)

xviii Height 1 U (1.75 inches)

xix Modular Jack 750 mating cycles

xx Wire terminal (110 block)

200 termination cycles

xxi Accessories Strain relief and bend limiting boot for cable

xxii Housing Polyphenylene oxide, 94V-0 rated

xxiii Wiring blocks Polycarbonate, 94V-0 rated

xxiv Jack contacts Phosphorous bronze, plated with 1.27micro-meter thick gold

xxv Panel Black, powder coated steel

xxvi Approvals UL listed

xxvii Termination Pattern TIA / EIA 568 A and B;

xxviii

Performance Characteristics to be

provided along with bid

Attenuation, NEXT, PS NEXT, FEXT and Return Loss

4.1.5

The specification of faceplates should be Surface Mount Face Plate & Box with CAT6

Work Area Data I/O Outlet (RJ45) adhering to EIA/TIA-568-B2.1, ISO/IEC 11801(2002) and CENELEC EN50173-1 (2002) specifications

i Type 1-port, White surface box

ii Material ABS / UL 94 V-0

iii No. of ports One

4.1.6 The specification of Workstation / Equipment Cords should be meet standards as specified below:

i Type Unshielded Twisted Pair, Category 6, TIA / EIA 568-B.2

ii Conductor 24 AWG 7 / 32, stranded copper

iii Length 7-feet for workstation and 3feet for Jack panel/equipment

iv Plug Protection Matching colored snag-less, elastomer polyolefin boot

v Warranty 25-year component warranty

vi Category Category 6

vii Housing Clear polycarbonate

viii Terminals Phosphor Bronze, 50 micron gold plating over selected area and gold flash over remainder, over 100 micron nickel under plate

Page 119: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 119 of 193

ix Load bar PBT polyester

x Jacket PVC

xi Insulation Flame Retardant Polyethylene

4.2 Specifications for Fiber Optic Cabling Systems

4.2.1 The specification of Fiber optic Cable should be meet standards as specified below:

i Cable Type 24-core, Single Mode, Armored, Loose-tube, Gel filled

ii Fiber Type Single Mode, 9 / 125, 250 micron primary coated buffers

iii No. of cores 24

iv Armour Corrugated Steel Tape Armour

v Cable Construction Type

BELLCORE GR 20 / IEC 794-1

vi @ 1310nm 0.45 db/KM

vii @1500nm 0.4 dB/KM

viii Tensile rating 1200N

ix Maximum Crush

resistance 3000N

x Operating Temperature

-40 Degree C to +60 Degree C

4.2.2 The specification of Fiber Optic Connectors should be meet standards as specified below:

i Cable Type 24-core, Multimode, OM3, Armoured, loose-tube, Gel Filled

ii Fiber type- Laser Grade

50 / 125, OM3, 250 micron primary coated buffers

iii No. of cores 24 corrugated Steel Tape Armour

iv Cable Construction BELLCORE GR 20 / IEC 794-1

v Attenuation

vi @850nm 3.5 dB / KM

vii @1300nm 1.5 dB / KM

viii Bandwidth

ix @850nm 1500 MHz-KM

x @1300nm 500 MHz-KM or higher

xi Network Support

xii 10 / 100 Ethernet 2000m

xiii 155 Mbps ATM 2000m

xiv 1000 Base SX 900m

xv 1000 Base Lx 550m

xvi 10G SR 300m

xvii 10G X4 300m

xviii Tensile rating 1200N

xix Maximum Crush resistance

3000N

xx Operating Temperature

-40 Degree C to +60 Degree C

xxi Armour Corrugated Steel tape Armour

4.2.3 The specification of Fiber Optic Patch panels should be meet standards as specified below:

Connector Type SC-Style, Simplex

i Operating temperature

-40 Degree C to +85 Degree C

ii MM connectors 500 cycles, Beige

iii SM connectors 220 cycles, Blue

iv Ferrules Pre-radiused Ceramic Ferrules

v Attenuation Not more than 0.75 dB per mated pair

SC – SC/ST Multimode patch chord

i Cable type 2 Core Multimode

ii Fiber type Multimode 50/125 250 micron primary coated buffers

iii No of cores 2 Cable construction Type PVC outer jacket

Page 120: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 120 of 193

iv Attenuation @1310nm Return loss > 20 dB, Insertion loss < 0.3 dB, Factory test report to be included with supply

v Tensile rating 1200N

vi Maximum crush resistance

3000N

vii Operating Temperature

-40 Degree to + 60 Degree

SC – SC single mode patch chord

i Cable type 2 Core single mode

ii Fiber type Single mode 9/125 250 micron primary coated buffers

iii No of cores 2 Cable construction Type PVC outer jacket

iv Attenuation @ 1310nm 0.5dB max insertion loss and 55dB Min Return Loss,

Factory test report to be included with supply

v Tensile rating 1200N

vi Maximum crush

resistance 3000N

vii Operating Temperature

-40 Degree to + 60 Degree

viii The specification of Fiber Optic Patch Panels should be meet standards as specified below:

ix Fiber optic patch panel

19-inch, Rack mounted Fiber optic patch panel, upgradeable to intelligent patch panel

x Height 2 U, 3.5 inches

xi # of fibers 24

xii # of OSP Cables for termination

Minimum 2

xiii Grounding 2 Nos. of earthing lugs, pre-loaded

xiv Cable Management rings

Front and rear cable management rings, pre-loaded

xv # of 6-port / 12-port

adapter plates 4 / 4 Max.

xvi Fiber optic patch panel

Wall mounted Fiber optic patch panel

xvii Dimension 12cmX10cmX38cm (HXDXW)

xviii # of fibers 24

xix # of OSP Cables for

termination Minimum 2

xx # of 6-port / 12-port adapter plates

4 / 4 Max.

4.2.4 The specification of Fiber Optic Adapter plates should be meet standards as specified below:

i Fiber Optic adapter plate

6-port, SC-Style, SM & MM

ii Attenuation Max of 0.75 dB per mated pair

4.2.5 The specification of Fiber Optic Patch cord should be meet standards as specified below:

i Fiber Optic Patch

cord SC-SC, SM &MM

ii Insertion Loss Less than 0.5db

iii Return Loss More than 50 db

Page 121: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 121 of 193

5.0 Switches

Number Description/Requirement

Supplier Response

(Compliant/Non

Compliant)

5.1 General

5.1.1

All active LAN components such as switches, offered shall be of the same

Make/manufacturer and shall be covered under same back-up guarantee from the same OEM, to ensure full compatibility, inter-working and inter-operability.

5.1.2 The minimum no of switches offered shall be as follows

1) Layer II switch – 1no

5.2 Common to all switches

5.2.1 All switch chassis shall be modular & rack mountable

5.2.2 The chassis configuration shall provide to 3 free slots for future expansion after full port module configuration and with redundant switch fabrics, control modules, CPU cards and its operating Software /Supervisors

5.2.3 The chassis shall provide shared memory architecture and hot swappable modules.

5.2.4 The chassis should support interfaces for 100BASE-FX, 10/100 BASE-TX,

10/100/1000BASE-T , 1000BASE-SX,-LX, and long haul (-LX/LH, -ZX) full duplex.

5.2.5 All the ports on the Switch shall be offered with requisite connecting cables and Trans-receivers, if any for termination on Jack/Patch Panel.

5.2.6 The switch should support the following protocols:

i IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation or Equivalent IEEE 802.1p (Priority Queues)Gateway Load balancing protocol Hot standby routing protocol

ii

Auto negotiation for link speed negotiation IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Tagging/Trunking IEEE

802.1d multiple Spanning Tree group, A minimum of 20 instance of spanning tree groups is desired on layer 3 chasis.

iii Should provide for fast convergence of spanning tree.

iv

IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation or equivalent should provide for at least 8 ports grouped in single logical link. Link aggregation shall be supported from other switches or across

the similar chassis. Servers and Switches connectivity from switch should be configurable on load sharing layer2 link aggregation. Switch shall also provide configuration for port mirroring and 9000 byte jumbo Frame support for Gigabit ports

v IEEE 802.1w -Quick Convergence Spanning Tree

vi IEEE 802.1S-Multiple Instances of Spanning Tree

vii IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet

viii IEEE 802.3x Flow Control

ix IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet

x Multi-Homing Support, Multicast Support & Multicast must be supported at Layer 2 in

hardware so that performance is not affected by multiple multicast instances

5.2.7 Switch should have policy based quality of services

i

Switch should support traffic classification based on Layer2, Layer 3 and Layer 4 parameters like ingress port, Ether Type (IP/IPX), VLAN ID, IP (RFC 2474 and RFC 2475)protocol type, Source IP addresses, Destination IP addresses, Source TCP/UDP

ports, Destination TCP/UDP ports

ii QoS based on classification, marking, prioritization and scheduling

iii

Bandwidth Engineering & Management – Per Port Minimum, Black-hole (Blocking), excess bursting, shaping Support for L3/L4 filtering capabilities for inter VLAN traffic, VTP for VLAN management, Private & Dynamic VLAN support, High Priority Transmit

Queuing, Support for multiple WRED drop thresholds per queue

Page 122: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 122 of 193

iv QoS-based forwarding based on IP precedence

v QoS implementation should support all 64 DiffServ Code Points (DSCP) and all 4 DiffServ Classes. QOS support for 8 hardware queues per port. Strict priority and Weighted priority mechanisms for queuing and scheduling

vi IEEE 802.1p User Priority should be supported IEEE802.1p to DiffServ mapping also needs to be supported. Diffserv,IGMP

5.2.8 Switch should have following management features :

i At least 5 levels of Management access to the switch for http, rlogin, telnet, snmp, rsh

access to the switch.

ii SNMP Support: RFC1157 SNMP v1/v2c

iii TFTP Upload/Download

iv Port Mirroring: Port to Port, VLAN to VLAN, Bi-Directional

v RMON: 4 Group (Statistics, Alarm, Events, History), on every port, no impact to performance

vi Switch must be remotely managed with SSH support via one telnet session for all module configuration

vii Should have functionality to add new features by upgrading only the central switching processor

viii Switch should support Remote SPAN feature to direct traffic from remote switch to the

snooping device connected to central switch

ix Policy Based Management

x Provisioned and Dynamic Policies at Layers 1-4 for QoS and Security

xi Real Time Multi-Port Statistics

xii Mac/IP Address Finder

xii Device and Port Groupings for Navigation and Policy Management

xiv Private and Enterprise MIB

5.2.9 Switch should have following security features:

i should provide for User level security – Discard unknown MAC addresses on the switch.

ii Layer 3 /4 Access Control Lists (ACLs) standard and extended Support for IEEE 802.1x authentication for edge control against denial of service attacks and other management control policy.

iii Security (User Access): Internal DB/External RADIUS /TACACS+, Support for IPSec protocol support, Configuration Change Tracking, System Event Logging, Syslog

5.2.10

Packet filtering at the Network IP filtering using “deep” packet filtering with level should

be supported support for Layer 4 parameters and even content based filtering. RADIUS authentication needs to be supported for switch access.

5.3 Switches

5.3.1 The switch should support 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports.

5.3.2 The switch should support Gigabit Ethernet ports on fiber or copper

5.3.3 The switch should have the support for 10-Gigabit Ethernet ports

5.3.4 The switch shall support WDM (Wave Division Multiplexing) for Optical networking

5.3.5 The switch shall support FAN redundancy & switch fabric redundancy

5.3.6 The vendor should indicate 1. The back plane speed of the offered switch 2. Port densities Support

Page 123: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 123 of 193

3. Switching Latency 4. L3 forwarding rate

5. No. of MAC Addresses supported 6. No of VLAN supported

5.4 Layer II Switch

5.4.1 The switch should support 10/100 Mbps Autosensing UTP Ports and 1000 Mbps Gigabit

Ethernet 1000BaseSX ports.

5.4.2

The vendor should indicate 1. The back plane speed. of the offered switch

2. Port densities Support 3. Switching Latency 4. L3 forwarding rate

5. No. of MAC Addresses supported 6. No of VLAN supported

6.0 Routers

Number Description/Requirement

Supplier

Response (Compliant/Non

Compliant)

6.1 System features

6.1.1

The Routers shall be compatible with Owners existing Wide Area Network. The Wide

Area Links are planned for 2Mbps or higher Bandwidth capacity on leased circuits from ISPs (BSNL, MTNL etc.)

6.1.2 Equipped with Redundant Power Supply Unit (RPSU)

6.1.3 Routers shall be configurable and manageable through local console port, http interface, NMS software and as well through Telnet

6.2 Features of Central Router For MPLS/ VPN Network

6.2.1 Support for Layer 3 MPLS VPN connection.It shall support PPP /Frame Relay transport over MPLS.

6.2.2 In-built monitoring and diagnostics to detect failure of hardware

6.2.3 LED/LCD indication for monitoring Operational status of each module

6.2.4 Configuration Changes without Rebooting

6.2.5 High MTBF & low MTTR

6.2.6 Rack Mountable on to 19"Racks

6.2.7 Chasis should have the following specification:

i

Shall be provided with configurable slots for interface Modules. All the modules in the

Router shall be Hot Swappable Module

ii Provided with Redundant Power Supply Unit. Single Power supply should support fully loaded Chassis

iii Provided with high speed Redundant CPU with distributed /Shared Memory architecture

iv Dual Flash support. It shall be possible to upgrade the FLASH to enhance the router software functionality

6.2.8 128 MB DRAM, 16 MB FLASH Memory

6.2.9 RS 232 I/F Console Port

Page 124: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 124 of 193

6.2.10 LAN Port: 8 Port of 10/100/1000BaseT and 8 Port 1000Base X ports

6.2.11

32 Serial ports with synchronous speed up to 2Mbps and with interface support for V.35, V.24 Ports (to be interfaced to leased circuits or SCPC / MCPC available on Multiplexer).

2x 4nos. of G.703 Ports 75 Ohm. 2x 4port ISDN PRI channelised E1 interfaces for 120 Ohm G.703 I/f . Additional Module/Modules for 8 Serial Port as Spare

6.2.12

I/f Cable: for all the WAN ports Connector Cable for connecting to SCPC / MCPC’s/leased E1- V.35 Port (DB25 Connector) shall be prepared as per Pin Details to

be given by owner

6.2.13 Sufficient free slots to accommodate additional 16 (min.) Serial Ports

6.2.14 TCP/IP, IPversion6 support, NAT Support as per 1631

6.2.15

Routing Protocols: RIPv2, OSPFv2 (RFC1583 & RFC 1793), OSPF on demand, BGP,

BGP4 with CIDR implementation as per RFC 1771. The implement should be compliant as per RFC1745 that describes BGP4/IDRP IP OSPF interaction. It shall provide Policy routing to enable changes to normal routing based on characteristics of Network traffic.

ISIS protocol support

6.2.16 Bridging & Tunneling Transparent, Spanning Tree Algorithm, Auto Learning Protocols: L2TP, PPTP capability

6.2.17

WAN Protocols: Frame Relay (LMI & Annex.D & ITU Annex A), PPP (RFC1661), Multi-link PPP (RFC1717), HDLC/LAPB, Frame Relay support shall include Multi-protocol encapsulation over Frame relay based on RFC1490, RFC 1293 for Inverse Arp/IP, DE bit

support

6.2.18 Should have following features for Network management:

i

SNMP, SNMPv2 support with MIB-II. and SNMP v3 with and Security authentication. Implementation control configuration on the Router to ensure SNMP access only to

SNMP Manager or the NMS work Station.

ii Asynch. Serial Port. RMON 1 & 2 support using service modules for Events, Alarms, History.

iii Shall support multilevel access.

iv Shall be Manageable from any Open NMS platform.

v Shall support for telnet,ftp,tftp and web enabled Management.

vi Should have debugging facility through console.

vii

Authentication support shall be provided via RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial-IN User Service), AAA support, PAP/CHAP, 3DES/IPsec encryption with hardware based encryption services using VPN module.

viii IP Fire Services via Firewall Module. IDS Services via Service Modules

6.2.19 It should have the following Optimization features:

i

Data Compression for both header and payload to be supported for X.25, Frame Relay and Leased/Dial-up WAN Links. Dial restoral on lease link failure Dial on demand or congestion, Load Balancing.

ii

Support for S/W downloads and quick boot from onboard Flash. Online software re-configuration to implement changes without rebooting. Should support Network Time Protocol for easy and fast synchronization of all Routers

6.2.20 It should have the following QoS Support features:

i

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol as per RFC 2205), IGMP (Inter Group Management Protocol Version 2 as per RFC 2236, Multicast Routing support DVMRP, MOSPF, MBGP, etc. Policy routing ( It shall be possible to affect the normal routing

process for specific mission critical traffic through specified alternate routes in the network.

ii

A class based scheduling, Priority Queuing mechanism that shall provide configurable

minimum Bandwidth allocation to each class and IP Precedence.

Page 125: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 125 of 193

iii

Congestion Avoidance – Random Early Detection (RED). Support for Differentiated

Services as per RFCs 2474, 2475, 2598 & 2597

6.2.21 720 Gbps Backplane

6.2.22 Switching Performance: 30MPPS upgradeable to 400Mpps

6.3 Requirements for Router at each Utility Office

6.3.1 Flash: Default 8MB and maximum 72MB

6.3.2 SDRAM: Default 64MB and maximum 320MB

6.3.3 Console Port: RS 232 I/F

6.3.4 LAN port requirements as per SRS Document

i Two fixed 10/100M high speed Ethernet ports

ii Two fixed high-speed synchronous ports

iii One Port ISDN BRI-S/T interface

iv One AUX

6.3.5

Network Protocol: TCP/IP and support for IPversion6 . Shall provide IP address

Management via NAT Support as per RFC 1631

6.3.6

Routing Protocols: RIPv2, OSPFv2 (RFC1583 & RFC 1793), OSPF on demand, BGP, BGP4 with CIDR implementation as per RFC 1771. The implement should be compliant

as per RFC1745 that describes BGP4/IDRP IP OSPF interaction. It shall provide Policy routing to enable changes to normal routing based on characteristics of Network traffic. ISIS protocol support.

6.3.7 Bridging & Tunneling Protocols: Transparent, Spanning Tree Algorithm, Auto Learning L2TP, PPTP capability

6.3.8

WAN Protocols: Frame Relay(LMI & Annex.D & ITU Annex A), PPP (RFC1661), Multi-link PPP (RFC1717), HDLC/LAPB, Frame Relay support shall include Multi-protocol encapsulation over Frame relay based on RFC1490, RFC 1293 for Inverse Arp/IP, DE bit

support

6.3.9 Should have following features for Network management:

i

SNMP, SNMPv2 support with MIB-II. and SNMP v3 with and Security authentication. Implementation control configuration on the Router to ensure SNMP access only to

SNMP Manager or the NMS work Station.

ii Asynch. Serial Port. RMON 1 & 2 support using service modules for Events, Alarms, History.

iii Shall support multilevel access.

iv Shall be Manageable from any Open NMS platform.

v Shall support for telnet,ftp,tftp and web enabled Management

vi Should have debugging facility through console.

vii

Authentication support shall be provided via RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial-IN User Service), AAA support, PAP/CHAP, 3DES/IPsec encryption with hardware based

encryption services using VPN module.

viii IP Fire Services via Firewall Module. IDS Services via Service Modules

6.3.10 It should have the follwing optimization feature:

i

Data Compression for both header and payload to be supported for X.25, Frame Relay and Leased/Dial-up WAN Links. Dial restoral on lease link failure Dial on demand or congestion, Load Balancing.

Page 126: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 126 of 193

ii

Support for S/W downloads and quick boot from onboard Flash. Online software re-configuration to implement changes without rebooting. Should support Network Time

Protocol for easy and fast synchronization of all Routers

6.3.11 It should have following features for QoS

i

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol as per RFC 2205), IGMP (InterGroup Management Protocol Version 2 as per RFC 2236, Multicast Routing support DVMRP,

MOSPF, MBGP etc. Policy routing ( It shall be possible to affect the normal routing process for specific mission critical traffic through specified alternate routes in the network.

ii A class based scheduling, Priority Queuing mechanism that shall provide configurable minimum Bandwidth allocation to each class and IP Precedence.

iii Congestion Avoidance – Random Early Detection (RED). Support for Differentiated Services as per RFCs 2474, 2475, 2598 & 2597.

6.3.12 32 Gbps Backplane

6.3.13 Switching Performance: 100 Kpps upgradeable to 400 Kpps

6.4 Requirements for Router at Internet Gateway

6.4.1 Integrated Firewall and IDS similar to that for Core switch

6.4.2 Support for Layer 3 MPLS VPN connection

6.4.3 In-Built monitoring and diagnostics

6.4.4 LED/LCD indication for monitoring Operational status of each module

6.4.5 Configuration Changes without Rebooting

6.4.6 High MTBF & low MTTR

6.4.7 Rack Mountable on to 19"Racks

6.4.8 Chasis as per SRS Document

6.4.9 128 MB DRAM, 16 MB FLASH Memory

6.4.10 RS 232 I/F Console Port

6.4.11 LAN Port: 8 Port of 10/100/1000BaseT and 8 Port 1000Base X ports

6.4.12 I/f Cable

6.4.13 Sufficient free slots to accommodate additional 16 (min.) Serial Ports

6.4.14 TCP/IP, IPversion6 support, NAT Support as per 1631

6.4.15 Routing Protocol support as per the SRS Document

6.4.16 WAN Protocol support as per the SRS Document

6.4.17 Network Management Capabilities as in the SRS Document

6.4.18 Optimization Features as in the SRS Document

6.4.19 QoS Support as per SRS Document

6.4.20 720 Gbps Backplane

6.4.21 Switching Performance: 30MPPS upgradeable to 400Mpps

Page 127: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 127 of 193

7.0 IP PHONES

Number Description

Supplier Response

(Compliant/Non

Compliant)

7.1 IP Phone

7.1.1 10/100BASE-T Ethernet connection through an RJ-45 interface for LAN connectivity

7.1.2 Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) tagging

7.1.3 Support for G.711µ, G.711a and G.729a/b audio compression codecs.

7.1.4 Software upgrade supported using a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server

7.1.5

Voice activity detection, silence suppression, comfort-noise generation, and error

concealment.

7.1.6 H.323 / SIP Support.

7.1.7 Inline Power (7.5W), 802.1af POE (15.4W) and Power Adapter Options for power.

7.1.8 Inline power and optional AC to DC power adapter.

7.1.9 Pixel-based display.

8.0 Anti Virus Solution

Number Description

Supplier Response

(Compliant/Non

Compliant)

8.1 Technical Specifications for Antivirus at desktops

8.1.1 The antivirus solution should provide enhanced antivirus protection for desktops.

8.1.2 Should have a Centralized Management Console

8.1.3 Should be a Single, Configurable Installation with centralized configuration & policy management.

8.1.4

Should have a Common Distribution Mechanism via combination of push & pull

Technology for better BW management

8.1.5

Should have logical group based on IP addresses (Subnets). Should support integration

with Active directory for directory structure of computers for better management

8.1.6 Should be support Multi-Platform OS Support

8.1.7 Should support Policy Enforcement

8.1.8 Should have Common, Extensible Scanning Engine

8.1.9 Should have Configurable Scanning. Should have the ability to control the amount of CPU resources dedicated to a scan process

Page 128: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 128 of 193

8.1.10

Should have Unknown Virus Detection & Repair. Should have behavioral & Heuristic scanning to protect from unknown viruses. Should have buffer overflow protection

integrated with AV scan engine for protection from threats/exploits that uses buffer overflow

8.1.11 Should have Compressed File Detection and Repair

8.1.12 Should have Research Centers for proper updates as well as technologies to support the outbreak

8.1.13 Should have 24*7 Global Technical Support

8.1.14 Should ensure security policy enforcement by integrating and centralizing installation, deployment, management & updating

8.1.15

Should conserve n/w b/w by updating virus definitions with incremental updates. Should support daily update for definition files. Size of daily update should be optimal and in the range of 10-12MB

8.1.16 Should be able to support the Platforms of desktops of the utility

8.1.17 Anti-Virus Software must have the capability to detect and clean Virus

8.1.18

Should be able to detect new classes of viruses by normal virus definition update

mechanisms

8.1.19

Should provide common definitions for all operating systems supported & across all

product ranges.

8.1.20 Should be able to update definitions & scan engine on the fly, without a need for reboot or stopping of services on servers.

8.1.21 Should be able to add files, folders or extensions to an exclude list so that they are not scanned on access.

8.1.22 Should enable automatic submissions of unknown/suspected virus samples to vendor and automatic response/delivery of the cure.

8.1.23 Should allow for incremental virus definition and scan engine updates.

8.1.24 It should recognize a missed event on a machine, which was switched off, and restart the same when machine is turned on.

8.1.25 The anti-virus software should be able to automatically detect and update definitions and scan engine form the nearest Distributed repository in the network.

8.1.26 Should be able to set and monitor client server configuration remotely.

8.1.27 Should be able to lock down all anti-virus configurations at the desktop.

8.1.28

Should be able to optionally make the client user interface invisible for transparent

protection.

8.1.29 User should be prevented from being able to uninstall the anti-virus software.

8.1.30

Must be able to distribute new and update anti-virus software, virus definitions and configuration files automatically to clients and servers from a central location (Clients

need not login to the central server to download the updates)

8.1.31 Should be able to view all servers and clients from one console.

8.1.32

Should be able to initiate virus sweeps remotely (central command to scan all machines

in case of an outbreak Should support folder/directory/share lockdown centrally to contain virus outbreak. Should support blocking of files based on their name to stop

8.1.33 Should be able to perform manual or scheduled virus scans on individual computers remotely.

8.1.34 Must provide centralized event logging to locate and cure virus problems.

8.1.35 Alerts on virus activity should be passed on to administrator

8.1.36 OS INSTALLER SUPPORT- should be incorporated for a standards-based installation. Should support installation of software package in both format OS Installer & EXE file

Page 129: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 129 of 193

8.1.37 Should enables administrators to identify which machine has generated a threat that is spreading by an open file share (for example, Nimda or CodeRed).

8.1.38

Should enable administrators to easily move clients (who have changed departments, for example) from one physical parent server to another simply by dragging and dropping through the central management console.

8.1.39 Should store event data generated while a client is disconnected from the corporate network and forwards it when the client reconnects.

8.1.40 Should enables administrators to launch an immediate LiveUpdate session on single or multiple clients during an outbreak.

8.1.41 Should enable administrators to select the events that clients forward to their parent servers and those secondary servers forward to primary servers.

8.1.42

Should extends virus, worm, and Trojan horse detection capabilities to include certain

non-virus threats, such as Sypware, Trackware, Adware, Dialers, Joke Programs, Remote Access, and Hack Tools, which can be used with malicious intent.

8.1.43

Should scan the body text and attachments of incoming e-mail messages that are

delivered through POP3 / IMAP mail clients

8.1.44 Auto Protect should be loaded on system startup, and then unloaded on system shutdown to help protect against viruses, such as Fun Love.

8.1.45 Should scan in-memory processes on disk for threats. If a threat is detected, the running process can be terminated

8.1.46 Should have enhanced protection from Spyware and Adware, including: Real-time protection to reduce the risk of Spyware reaching the system.

8.1.47 Should automatic remove Spyware and Adware for easy disposal of security risks.

8.1.48

Should have Side-effect repair to clean up registry entries, files, and browser settings

after hard-to-find Spyware infection.

8.1.49 Should have enhanced tamper protection that guards against unauthorized access and attacks, protecting users from viruses that attempt to disable security measures.

8.2

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - ANTIVIRUS PROTECTION FOR MICROSOFT

EXCHANGE

8.2.1

Should support Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server/Datacenter (Service Pack 3),

Windows 2003 Standard/Enterprise/Datacenter, Microsoft Exchange 2000 (Service Pack 3) and Microsoft Exchange 2003

8.2.2 Should provide a comprehensive solution consisting of multi-level anti-spam, rules-based content filtering and antivirus.

8.2.3 Should be able to control spam more effectively by having multiple score assignment to every spam message with heuristics anti-spam detection

8.2.4

Should allow messages to be handled appropriately based on the heuristics-assigned

spam score with multiple spam disposition options.

8.2.5 Should incorporate intelligent, rules-based content filtering to prevent unwanted content from entering and confidential information from leaving the network.

8.2.6 Should minimize false positives by creating a trusted sender Whitelist.

8.2.7 Should bypass heuristic anti-spam & RBL (Real-time Blacklist) for certain recipients with recipient Whitelist.

8.2.8 Should eliminate the entire message automatically with Mass Mailer Cleanup, not just attachments generated by mass mailer worms.

8.2.9

Should update automatically with new virus definitions from internet to keep your

protection up-to-date.

8.2.10 Should protect against new viruses without requiring re-installation of software, helping to reduce the cost of ownership.

8.2.11

Should automatically filter out emails with inappropriate attachment names, extensions,

or content, reducing traffic on your Microsoft Exchange servers

8.2.12 Should have an alternate to automatically update all of the Microsoft Exchange Servers from an internal virus definition server that will pick up updates from internet.

8.2.13 Should provide immediate protection for new mailboxes and public folders.

8.2.14

User/Group Based Rules - User/Group based rules should provide the ability to assign

rules to only apply to a certain group of users or create global rules with exceptions. Users and groups can be taken from active directory or they can be entered using full email addresses or wild cards

8.2.15 Attachment Content Scanning – Should scan for content contained within most file types including Microsoft Office documents, Adobe Acrobat, text, RTF, and database files.

8.2.16

True-file Typing for Multimedia and Executables – Should block/Quarantine multimedia

and/or executable files based on true file type (regardless of file extension). One of the following dispositions should be applicable: delete attachment, delete message, quarantine file, or log only

Page 130: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 130 of 193

8.2.17

Simplified Content Rule Interface – The interface for creating content filtering rules should ease the process of creating custom rules. Match lists should be added and

edited within the content filtering pages. Rules should include content to match on and exceptions within the interface to better display the intent of a rule

8.2.18

Generate Reports across Multiple Servers— Should kick-off reports on each individual

server from a central location and then browse to individual servers to view the report

8.2.19

Should be able to view a summary of activity and information for all Microsoft Exchange servers that are managed within a group, including consolidated spam and anti-virus

data, from the home page.

8.2.20

Expanded Protection against Security Risks— Should have the ability to detect expanded threats such as joke ware, Spyware, Adware and other non-viral risks.

Separate dispositions should be applicable to detected security risks including delete file, delete message, quarantine and log-only

8.2.21

Auto-generated Summary Reports— Should create a summary report of all activity on a single Microsoft Exchange server, and automatically generate the report at a given date and time.

8.2.22

Auto-generated Email Report– Once a report is generated; it should be automatically

delivered to specified recipients.

8.2.23 Graphical Reports– Reports should be generated that include charts and graphs to provide a clear picture of virus, filtering, and spam activity within an organization.

8.2.24

Should have different log database for detection event and product. Should provide multiple scanning options like – proactive scanning, Background scanning, Transport level scanning. Should provide scanning of nested archived files for atleast 30 times

9.0 Hardware for AMR based data logging system

Number Description

Supplier Response

(Compliant/Non

Compliant)

9.1 Modems for AMR System

9.1.1 Interface capability with RS232 cable

9.1.2

Should be capable of operating on Three phase supply drawn from the Meter input itself.

Auxiliary Power supply will not be acceptable.

9.1.3

The operating voltage range for the modem should be 90 V ac P-P to 440 V ac P-P, so that the modem can be used on both HT & LT Trivector Meters. How ever the modem

should also be capable of operating on single phase 230 V, 50 Hz power supply. The modem sh

9.1.4

The Modem should be capable to transfer the entire data of Trivector Meter in less than

10 Minutes after connection is made assuming there is no line disturbance.

9.1.5

The Modem should be supplied with power cable, antenna with co-axial cable of suitable length, RS 232 connecting cable, mounting adopter etc. and should be complete in all

respects.

9.1.6 Sealing: The modem should cover and body should have arrangement for sealing. In addition to this, the SIM card holder cover should also have arrangement for sealing.

9.1.7

The Modem should have flexible external antenna to enable placement of the antenna at

the location of strongest signal inside the Metering Cubicle.

9.1.8

Outage Notification: In the event of an outage, the modem should be able to initiate

separate call or send SMS to predefined number to notify the outage event with data and time of occurrence and restoration.

9.1.9

In the event of an outage, the modem should be able to initiate separate call or send

SMS to predefined number to notify the outage event with data and time of occurrence and restoration.

9.1.10

The Modem should act a completely transparent channel i.e. the Commands

received from Sub Division Data acquisition server should be conveyed to meter and data from meter should be conveyed to Sub division data acquisition server without any change

9.1.11

Data collection from meter should take place only after connection is established between Data acquisition server and Meter. Data should not reside in the modem before the time of transmission to Sub division server, to avoid chances of tampering of data

Page 131: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 131 of 193

9.1.12 The Modem should be capable of operating with SIMs of local GSM/CDMA Service provider in the area.

9.1.13 Data enabled SIM card will be provided by the utility and monthly SIM charges will be borne by the utility.

9.1.14 Modem should be capable for continuous working for 24 hours every day under field conditions, even when enclosed in Metering Cubicles at Consumer sites.

9.1.15 Software shall have facility for Auto-Scheduler to enable automatic / Unattended data collection during night hours.

9.1.16

GSM /GPRS/EDGE Modems and SIM cards Specifications as per the below

requirements:

i GSM Modem shall be suitable for long duration data transmission and shall be protected from external interference of systems working at different bands.

ii

Mechanical Specifications :- Modem should be a compact model housed in a polycarbonate / engineering plastic / Metallic enclosure. The modem should comply with IP55 degree of protection

iii

Environmental Specifications :- The Modem shall meet the following environmental specifications : - Ø Storage Temperature : -20 degrees to +70 degree Celsius

Ø Operating Temperature: -10 degrees to +60 degree Celsius Ø Humidity:- 95% RH ( Non - Condensing)

iv

Communication Capabilities: -

Ø Modem should be Dual Band modem capable of operating at 900 and 1800 MHz GSM transmission. Ø Modem should support both Data and SMS transmission. It should have both GSM

and GPRS/EDGE features.

v

Interface :- Ø Modem should have an RS232 Interface through a 9 pin or 15 pin D type Connector

for connection to Meter. Ø The SIM interface should be a 3 V Interface in accordance with GSM 11.12 phase 2 with an retractable SIM cardholder, which should be fully inserted inside the modem. The

holder opening should have a sliding cover with provision for sealing after placing of the SIM card. The modem shall accept the standard SIM Card. Ø Modem should have a SMA Antenna connector

vi

Power :- Ø Maximum Power Output should be 2 W at 900 MHz (Class 4) and 1W at 1800 MHz

(Class 1). Ø The RF functionalities should comply with the GSM phase II/II+ compliant, EGSM 900/GSM 1800 recommendation. Ø VA Burden of the Modem should not exceed 3.5 VA during data communication

vii Sensitivity :- GSM 900 : <-100 dBm GSM 1800 : <-100 dBm

viii

Data Features: -

§ Modem should use standard AT Command set (GSM 07.05, GSM07.07) for settings of the modem. § TCP/IP stack access via AT commands

§ Internet Services : TCP, UDP, HTTP, FTP, SMTP, POP3 § Max. Baud Rate: for GSM Operation - 9600 bits/sec

ix

CSD Data transmission features :- § Data circuit asynchronous, and non transparent upto 14.4 Kb/s § V.110

§ USSD Support

x

GPRS Data transmission features :- § GPRS Class B Multi slot class 12 or class B Multi slot class 10

§ Packet channel support : PBCCH § Coding Schemes: CS1 to CS4 compliant with SMG32 (Release97)

xi

EDGE Data transmission features :-

§ EDGE (EGPRS) Multi slot class 12 or Multi slot class 10 § Mobile station Class B § Modulating and coding schemes : MCS 1 to 9

§ Packet channel support : PBCCH

xii SMS Features: - § Text and PDU§ Point to point (MT/MO)§ Cell broadcast

xiii

Operational Indicator :- The Modem should have separate LED indications for transmit data, received data, carrier detects and Power ON, etc. to indicate Power on position and to indicate the availability of signal at the place of installation

9.1.17 CDMA Modems and SIM cards Specifications as per the below requirements:

i Communication Capabilities

Modem should be Dual Band modem capable of operating at

800 and 1900 MHz CDMA transmission. Modem should support both Data and SMS transmission.

Page 132: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 132 of 193

ii Power Supply Input Power (90V~310V A.C.) with 6KV Surge tested AC Power supply

iii Mechanical Specifications

Modem should be a compact model housed in a polycarbonate / engineering plastic / Metallic enclosure. The modem should comply with IP55 degree of protection.

Modem shall be suitable for long duration data transmission and shall be EMI/EMC tested for protection from external interferences.

iv

Environmental

Specifications

The Modem shall meet the following environmental specifications : -

Ø Storage Temperature : -20 degrees to +70 degree

Celsius

Ø Operating Temperature: -10 degrees to +60 degree Celsius

Ø Humidity:- 95% RH ( Non - Condensing)

v Interface

§ RS-232 Serial supporting remote control by AT Commands

§ SMA Antenna connector,

§ RUIM SIM Card Holder

vi Packet Data Features

CDMA2000 1xRTT, up to 153.6K bps forward & reverse channels

vii

Circuit Switched

Data IS-95A, IS-95B up to 14.4K bps

viii Data features Data circuit Asynchronous and non transparent up to 14.4 kbps auto baud rate

ix Operating Frequencies

§ TX:824-849 MHz,RX:869-894 MHz for 800 MHz CDMA

§ TX:1850-1910 MHz,RX:1930-1990 MHz for 1900 MHz CDMA

x RF Power

§ 600mW (EIRP Nom.) for 800 MHz CDMA

§ 400mW (EIRP Nom.) for 1900 MHz CDMA

xi Maximum TX Power: +23.0dBm Min.

xii Receiver Sensitivity >-104dBm

xiii Frequency Stability < ± 2.5 PPM

xiv SMS features

§ Supports Text and PDU mode

§ Point to Point &

§ Cell Broadcast

xv LED Indications Visual LED display for Power, Rx/Tx and Network

xvi SIM Connector Standard 3V SIM receptacle

xvii Antenna Flexible Antenna options

Page 133: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 133 of 193

10.0 Work Station

Number Description

Supplier Response

(Compliant/Non

Compliant)

10.1 Hardware Requirements

10.1.1 Architecture

i) Type Desktop PC

ii) Orientation

Vertical Tower Type or Ultra Small /Small Form Factor Desktop Type With

Mechanical Locking Arrangement for the CPU Cover/casing

iii) Bus type /

architecture PCI

10.1.2 Processor

i) CPU CHIP Dual Core Processor or higher

ii) Processor internal clock speed 3 GHz or higher

iii) Planer clock speed / FSB 1600 MHz or higher

iv) L2 Cache 4 MB or higher

10.1.3 Memory

i) Memory (RAM) 4 GB (2 nos. of 2 GB DIMMs)

ii) Memory (RAM) max expandability 4 GB or more

iii) RAM speed 1600 MHz or higher

iv) RAM slots total 4 or more (in Dual Channel; 2DIMMS /channel or more)

v) RAM type Non ECC DDR3

vi) Packaging DIMM

10.1.4 Board

Mother Board OEM Mother Board with OEM logo embossed on the Mother board

Revision Level

Management agent should show the

revision level

10.1.5 FDD Capacity NOT REQUIRED- DELETED

10.1.6 HDD

i) Size & Make 500 GB @ 7200RPM or better, Sync Transfer Rate 3 GBPS

ii) Hard disk controller Integrated SERIAL ATA II

iii) HDD Exp Option Option to add 2nd Serial ATA HDD-Required

10.1.7 Graphics subsystem

i) Type built-in on the chipset

ii) Video RAM Shared

iii) Resolution 1024x768 or better

iv) Graphics bus interface Integrated Graphics Media accelerator

10.1.8 Monitor (Asset Controlled ) Monitor

LED of 20" or higher, Min. Resolution 1600 x 900

10.1.9 Keyboard Type USB Std Keyboard

10.1.10 Pointing device Mouse 2 button OPTICAL scroll Mouse, OEM

Page 134: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 134 of 193

10.1.11 DVD Drive

i) Speed 22X or higher

ii) Make

SATA Implemented OEM make or equivalent ( any other make offered to be specified)

10.1.12 Ports and Interfaces

i) Parallel ports 1 (EPP/ECP bidirectional)

ii) Serial Port 1

iii) Serial ATA Interface 4

iv) Parallel ATA IDE

Interface with UDMA 33 1

v) USB Ver 2.0

At least 8 out of

which 2 on front

vi) Mouse 1

vii) Keyboard 1

vii) Graphic Media Accelerator Display 1

ix) Audio stereo input 1

x) Audio stereo

output 1

xi) Microphone 1

10.1.13 Expansion options

i) Slots

a) PCI Slots Conventional

2 Free Slots Minimum

b) PCI Express xl Slot

1 Free Slot Minimum

c) PCI Express xl6

Slot

1 Free Slot

Minimum

ii) 3.5 inch bays -accessible 1 or more

iii) 3.5 inch bays -

not accessible 1 or more

iv) 5.25 inch bays -accessible 2 or more

10.1.14 Manageability & Standards

i) WLP 2.0 Yes

ii) Plug & Play Yes

iii) Power management

features ACPI 1.0 Yes

iv) EPA Energy Star compliant Yes

10.1.15 Security features

i) Boot sequence

control Yes

ii) Diskette boot inhibit Yes

iii) Power on/ Boot password Yes

iv) Configuration Password Optional

iv) Setup password Yes

10.1.16 Audio

i)ADDA

Integrated 4

channel High Definition audio

ii) Sampling Rate

5 KHz to 44 KHz

or better

Page 135: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 135 of 193

iii) Synthesizer 4 channel or better

iv) Internal

Speakers

To be provided -

1.5 W Minimum

10.1.17 Network Connectivity

a)Type

Integrated Gigabit N/W

Connection Ethernet

b) Support type

Wake on LAN

support

c) Connector RJ45

10.1.18 OS

a) MS WINDOWS, b) Linux with x- window or

c) Mac OS

Latest version preloaded

a)Recovery CDs containing all required drivers and patches

b)OS CDs/DVDs with License declaration and

c) Documentation on media for Lic.

S/W Patches

Ensure that all software (OS & applications) supplied is licensed and

includes supply of all patches, updates, and bug-fixes during the warranty and extended support period if any.

10.1.19 Warranty

Minimum 3 Years Comprehensive

OEM on-site warranty (NEXT Business DAY

resolution) for all components (H/W and OS)

supplied including re-loading and re-

configuration of all s/w and device drivers, if

required.

10.1.20 CERTIFICATION

a) Windows Certified

Compliance Required ( In case supplied with Window OS)

b) LINUX ready Certified Compliance Required,

c) Mac OS certified

Compliance Required ( In case supplied

with Mac OS)

10.1.21

Manageability

Features * (All related Client Licenses as

applicable to be provided)

a) Tools for asset Tracking including

serial number tracking of system, manufacturer name

& model, board, CPU, memory, monitor, HDD with

details of NIC, OS Etc to be provided by OEM

Required,

Compliance to be demonstrated

b) OEM health monitoring/

diagnostic tools

Required, Compliance to be

demonstrated

c) Monitoring & Pre

failure alerts for the Hard Disk

Required, Compliance to

be demonstrated

10.1.22 Physical Security Hood Sensor

Required.

Compliance to be demonstrated

Page 136: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 136 of 193

10.1.23

Additional

Information to be provided by bidder BIOS Type To be indicated by bidder

10.1.24 Power Supply Power Supply Wattage

To be indicated by bidder (But not less than 150W)

10.2 Computer Table and Chair Requirement

10.2.1 Computer tables ( W.stations ) of approx size of 900 x 600 x 750mm ( Height ) with 19mm thick commercial board finished with approved laminate on top having one pull out keyboard tray on telescopic channel for smooth movement along with Seperator glass

8/10mm thick of size 2' x 1'-6" Duly supported on Glass – D, PIN - UP Board with soft board and approved fabric ( 24" x 36" )and Pencil drawer of size 300 x 225mm on telescopic channel with drawer lock. The running table should be individually supported

by 19 mm thick commercial board. All the exposed surface should be finished with approved laminate and internal surfaces with enamel paint / polish etc as reqd and as per the Site Engineer Instructions. The tables should be constructed in a manner that if

required it can be used seperately and individually or joined together without affecting the asthetics

10.2.2 Ergonomic height adjustable revolving Computer Chair with armrest. Five pronged Nylon

base with 60 mm double castors. Seat and back made of polyurethane foam on 12 mm hot pressed ply duly upholstered with low pilling and permeable fabric. Overall height of the chair – 95 to 105 cm.

11.0 Printers

Number Description

Supplier Response

(Compliant/Non Compliant)

11.1 Hardware Requirements

11.1.1

Laser Jet Printer

A) Type Monochrome Laser

B) First copy out time 10 sec

C) Speed 15 ppm or higher

D) Resolution 600x600 dpi

E) Make& Model To be indicated by bidder

F) Misc.

Built-in memory of 2 MB and maximum upgradeable memory up

to 2 MB and connectivity with USB port.

11.2 Multi Function Printer

11.2.1

Functions Print, Copy, Scan, fax

Print Resolution upto 600 x 600 x 2 dpi or higher, Image Resolution Enhancement technology

Print Speed Black (Letter): 26 ppm or higher; First Page Out: As fast as 10 sec

Scan Features

Instant on scanner, 35-page Automatic Document Feeder

(ADF), OCR software in box

Scan Type Flatbed, ADF

Scan Resolution

Enhanced: Upto 19,200 dpi or higher; Hardware: Upto 1200 x

1200 dpi or higher; Optical: Upto 1200 dpi or higher

Scan Speed 15 ppm or higher

Scan Size ADF (MAXIMUM) 8.5 x 14 in (216 x 356 mm)

Scan File Format JPEG, TIF, BMP, GIF, PDF, PNG

Page 137: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 137 of 193

Copy Resolution Black (Text): Upto 600 x 600 dpi or higher; Black (Graphics): Up to 1200 x 1200 dpi or higher

Copy Speed 15 cpm or higher

maximum number of copies minimum 99 copies

Copy reduce/enlarge settings 25 to 400%

Copier settings

Upto 99 multiple copies, Collation, Reduce/Enlarge from 25% to

400%, Contrast (Lighter/Darker), Resolution (Copy quality), Copy optimization

fax Resolution upto 300 x 300 dpi or higher

Fax speed dialing, max numbers 120 numbers or higher

fax modem 33.6 kbps or higher

Fax memory 400 pages or higher

Fax features

Auto Fax Reduction Supported, Auto Redial, Fax Delayed Sending, Distinctive Ring Detection Supported, Broadcast Locations: 119 Locations

Fax Forwarding, Fax Phone Tam Interface Supported, Polling (Poll To Receive Only); Fax Telephone Mode Supported, Junk

Fax Barrier,Speed Dials, PC Interface Supported.

Duty Cycle(monthly) Up to 8,000 pages or higher

Connectivity Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port, 10/100 Ethernet network port

Network capabilities 10/100 Ethernet; Network Ready: Standard (built-in Ethernet)

Standard memory 128 MB or higher

Duplex print options Automatic

Media type and capacity ADF: Minimum 35 sheets; Minimum 250 sheets on main tray

Media sizes

Priority feed tray: minimum: 3 x 5 in; maximum: 8.5 x 14 in;Main

tray: minimum: 3 x 7.4 in; maximum: 8.5 x 14 in;Standard media sizes: A4, letter and Legal

Type of Media Bond Paper, Transparency Sheets, Envelopes, Labels cards

Printing Languages PCL 6, PCl 5, postscript

Vendor to provide drivers for supporting all the required OS and vandor will also provide Guaranteed output per laser, Catridge output with 5%, Coverage on letter size, paper in normal mode, cost of cartridges, power requirement, suggested UPS capacity (VA) &

type (online or offline), make and model.

Total

Page 138: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 138 of 193

12.0 UPS AND BATTERY SYSTEM

Number Description

Supplier

Response (Compliant/Non Compliant)

12.1 600 VA Line Interactive Intelligent UPS for workstation in the places other than at data center should meet the following requirements: Not

i Capacity 600 VA Line Interactive

ii Back up Time 10 Minutes on 450 VA Continuous Load; Overload capacity: 125% of required capacity for at least 1 Minute

iii Input Voltage 170 V to 270 V, 50 Hz + 5%

iv Output Voltage 198 to 250 (on line), 230 + 5% (On Battery) Automatic Voltage Regulation

v General Features

Automatic Voltage Regulation, Lightning & Surge Protection Output Wave form— Modified Sine wave Audio Alarms: Low Battery; Battery ON; Overload Protection:

Overload, Short circuit, spike & surge

vi Switching Time Less than 5 MS without data loss

vii Operating Temp Upto 40 Deg. C.

viii Operating Humidity Upto 90%, Non-condensing

ix Battery Type SMF- Hitachi/Exide/Global Yuasa /Panasonic make with 2 Year warranty

x Make

APC, Liebert, TVSE, Powerware (Invensys), Guard/NEXUS,

Wep, HCL

xi Others

Output Sockets—Min 3 Nos, each 6 Amp- 3 Pin with all Sockets wired for UPS output

Software : Required for health monitoring of battery & Power mgmt system RS232-C Serial port or USB port with interface cable, Min 3 Ft Long

12.2 2/5 KVA UPS at utility offices should meet the following requirements as specified below:

i Capacity 2/5 KVA

ii Model/Make BRANDED

iii Technology

SPWM,IGBT/MOSFET(for more then 72 DC volt IGBT

preferred)

iv Input

Input Voltage 230 V AC, Single phase,3 wire

160 V AC TO 270 V AC

v Input Voltage Range 45 TO 55 Hz

vi Input Frequency Range 280 V AC

vii

Input Over Voltage

Protection 155 V AC

viii Input Under Voltage Protection Should be offered externally

ix Over Voltage Cut Off 230 V AC Single Phase +-1%

x Output Voltage 50 HZ +-1%

xi Frequency 0.8 Lag to Unity

xii Load Power Factor Output load be isolated through a transformer of same rating

Page 139: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 139 of 193

xiii Isolation 245 V AC Single Phase

xiv Output Over Voltage Protection 210 V AC Single Phase

xv Output Under Voltage Protecion

125% of rated load for 60 sec

Less than 3%

xvi

Over Load Capacity

Total Harmonic Distortion Soft shut down should occur

xvii

Short Circuit

Protection without blowing any fuse.

Crest Factor 0.125694444

xviii Isolation Manual Bypass Switch Should be provided of same rating

xix Indicators

1) Over Temperature- Required

2) Load On Battery - Required 3) Battery On Charge - Required 4) Battery Low - Required

5) Mains - On Required 6) Dc - On Required 7) Inverter - On Required

8) Inverter -Tripped • Output Over Voltage • Output Low

• Over Load System

xx Static Switch

Automatic Bi-directional should take care of 100% uninterrupted transfer of load from UPS

Transfer Time <4 m sec Overall Efficiency >85 % Inverter Efficiency > 90 %

xxi Metering

Separate/Single Digital Meter • DC Voltage • DC Current

• Charge/Discharge • Output Voltage • Output Current

• Input Voltage • Digital Three/Three & Half • Frequency Meter(For Both Input And Output)

xxii Battery Period Of Backup

Sealed Maintenance Free Lead Acid Battery of >= 12 V each of uniform AH rating

xxiii Dc Bus Ripple <1 %

xxiv Battery Recharge Time

From Fully Discharge Condition To 100%

Charged Condition<12 Hrs Total Dc Bus Banks SINGLE

xxv

Vah Rating Capacity X 1 X 2hrs

Inverter Eff Utilization%

FOR 2 KVA- MIN 5926 VAH

FOR 3 KVA- MIN 8890 VAH FOR 5 KVA- MIN 14814 VAH

xxvi Battery Housing Closed housing with suitable lockers

xxvii Battery Life Minimum years replacement Guarantee

xxviii Auditable Alarm For Following Conditions

• Battery Low

• Mains Failure • Inverter Under-Voltage • Inverter Over-Voltage

• Over Temperature • Inverter Overload

xxix Environmental

• Operating Temperature < 45 Deg C • Humidity 10-90 % (non-condensing) • Noise Level < 50 db at Full Load from 1 meter. Distance

Page 140: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 140 of 193

Appendix C- Service Level Agreement C.1 Purpose of this Agreement

The purpose of this SLA is to clearly define the levels of service to be provided by

Supplier (selected ITIA’s for Part A and Part B of the project) to Purchaser for the

duration of this contract or until this SLA has been amended. The benefits of this SLA

are to:

1 Trigger a process that applies Purchaser and Supplier management attention to

some aspect of performance only when that aspect drops below an agreed upon

threshold, or target.

2 Makes explicit the performance related expectations on performance required by the

Purchaser

3 Assist the Purchaser to control levels and performance of services provided by

Supplier.

4 This SLA is between Supplier and Purchaser.

C.2 Description of Services Provided

Supplier shall provide service as defined in Section 9.0. - Scope of Work, in

accordance to the definitions and conditions as defined in the Section 10.0. - GCC and

Section 11.0. - SCC.

C.3 Duration of SLA

This Service level agreement would be valid for entire period of contract. This SLA

may be reviewed and revised according to the procedures detailed in Section C.10 of

SLA (SLA Change Control).

C.4 Service Level Agreements & Targets (Refer SRS section G5)

This section is agreed to by Purchaser and Supplier as the key supplier performance

indicator for this engagement. The following section reflects the measurements to be

used to track and report systems performance on a regular basis. The targets shown

in the following tables are for the period of contact or its revision whichever is later.

Page 141: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 141 of 193

Service Level Chart for Part A of the project

Sr.N

o.

Service Parameter Service

Level

Validation Penalty

1 Project

Management

Submission of

Monthly Project

Status reports &

Conducting Status

meetings

100% Minutes of

Meetings

Approval

of Status

reports by

Engineer-

in-Charge

2% of monthly

FMS charges for

every default

2 Helpdesk Resolution of ticket

logged

(In case appointed

bidder for part A

and part B are

different, wrongly

marked tickets

pertaining to part B

shall be

considered

resolved if

forwarded to part B

help desk as per

SLA timelines)

99% Reports

generated

from Ticket

logging

system

95%-99% calls

resolved in 2

Hours: 2%

penalty on the

monthly FMS

charges

90% - 95% calls

resolved in 2

Hours: 5%

penalty on the

monthly FMS

charges

3 Data Centre

Operations

MIS reporting of

health checkup of

all systems &

modules

developed

95% Report 0.2 % of monthly

FMS charges

4 Incident

management

Resolution of ticket

logged in Incident

Management tool

99% Reports

generated

from Ticket

logging

system

0.5% of monthly

FMS charges

5 Ticketing

Management

Same as above 99% Reports

generated

from Ticket

logging

system

0.5% of monthly

FMS charges

Page 142: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 142 of 193

Sr.N

o.

Service Parameter Service

Level

Validation Penalty

6 Problem

Management

Supplier shall

analyze all the

incidents and

provide a root

cause report every

month if there are

more than 10

incidents of the

same type.

Supplier shall take

the needed

corrective action to

prevent further

issues due to the

same cause.

100%

timely

submissi

on

covering

all

incidents

logged

in that

month

Root

cause

report

Incident

report

stating

problems

faced by

the users

Document

detailing

corrective

action

5% penalty

on the

monthly FMS

charges of

that Project

Area, if the

Supplier does

not submit a

problem

report for that

month.

5% penalty

on the

monthly FMS

charges of

that Project

Area, if the

Supplier does

not perform

the corrective

action for

more than

one calendar

month.

7 Change

Management

Resolution of

Change

Management ticket

logged in Change

Management tool

99% Reports

generated

from Change

Management

System

Covered under

section 5.1 of

SRS

8 Release

Management

Resolution of ticket

logged in Incident

Management tool

99% Reports

generated

from Ticket

logging

system

0.5% of monthly

FMS charges

9 Availability

Management

Should be part of

Monthly status

report

95% Report 0.2% of monthly

FMS charges

Page 143: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 143 of 193

Sr.N

o.

Service Parameter Service

Level

Validation Penalty

10 Performance

Management

Should be part of

Monthly status

report

95% Report 0.2% of monthly

FMS charges

11 Capacity

management

Should be part of

Monthly status

report

95% Report 0.2% of monthly

FMS charges

12 Security

Management

Should be part of

Monthly status

report

95% Report 0.2% of monthly

FMS charges

13

Resource

Management

Number of shift

days for which

resource present

at the designated

location / Total

number of shift

days

98%

average

d over all

resource

s

designat

ed for SI

services

-

calculate

d on a

monthly

basis

Attendance

track

Call Log

Audit calls/

visits

Measured on

a monthly

basis

If the resource

availability is less

than 95%, then

payment shall be

deducted based

on the pro-rata

basis.

(Total FMS cost

per day divided

by nos. of

persons

deployed)

Further

deduction

Rs.2,000/- per

day per

engineer/shall

also be made on

account of loss of

utility/service

Resource provided

is not as per

specified

certification /

experiences

100% of

the

resource

given

Experience

Certificate of

FMS

personnel

submitted by

Supplier to

Utility

Per day

deduction =

0.5 * (Monthly

value for that

manpower as per

SOR) / 30

Page 144: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 144 of 193

Service Level chart for Part B of the project

Sr.No.

Service Parameter Service

Level

Validation Penalty

1 Project

Management

Submission of

Monthly Project

Status reports &

Conducting Status

meetings

100% Minutes

of

Meeting

s

Approva

l of

Status

reports

by

Enginee

r-in-

Charge

2% of monthly

FMS charges for

every default

2 Helpdesk Resolution of ticket

logged as per the

Severity definition

chart

(In case appointed

bidder for part A and

part B are different,

wrongly marked

tickets pertaining to

part A shall be

considered resolved

if forwarded to part A

help desk as per

SLA timelines)

99% Reports

generated

from Ticket

logging

system

95%-99% calls

resolved in

specified time:

2% penalty on

the monthly

FMS charges

90% - 95% calls

resolved in

specified time:

5% penalty on

the monthly

FMS charges

3 Install, Moves,

Add, Changes

(IMAC) services

Should be part of

Monthly project

status report

95%

Report 0.2% of monthly

FMS charges

4 Asset / Inventory

Management

Provide monthly MIS

Asset Inventory

95%

Report 0.2% of monthly

FMS charges

Provide monthly MIS

on new requirements

with procurement

time

95% Report 0.2% of monthly

FMS charges

Conduct Annual

Physical Asset

verification

100% Manageme

nt approval

of Physical

Asset

0.5% of Yearly

FMS charges

Page 145: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 145 of 193

Sr.No.

Service Parameter Service

Level

Validation Penalty

Verification

report

5 Supplier

Management

Services

Evaluation of

Supplier

Performance on

quarterly basis

100% Manageme

nt approval

of Supplier

Performanc

e evaluation

report

0.5% of

Quarterly FMS

charges

Tracking of Supplier

SLA & tickets logged

with suppliers

95% Status of

tickets

logged with

Suppliers

0.5% of monthly

FMS charges

MIS reporting on

AMC tenure, License

fees

95%

Report 0.2% of monthly

FMS charges

6 Desk Side

Technical support

Services

Resolution of ticket

logged as per the

Severity definition

chart

95% Reports

generated

from Ticket

logging

system

1% of monthly

FMS charges

7 Antivirus

Management

Rollout of latest anti-

virus definition file on

workstations on

being made available

on Supplier's website

within 24 Hours on

Test Environment

and within 48 hours

on production

environment.

98% Reports

generated

from Anti

Virus

software

console

1% of monthly

FMS charges

8

Network

Monitoring &

Management

SI to monitor the

availability of the

network link for 99%

uptime. SI should

measure link

availability on a

monthly basis.

99% Downtime

reports

Reports on

the Network

performanc

e

Penalty of 2%

per month will

be deducted

from the

monthly FMS

charges of that

utility, if the

reports are not

submitted by the

SI.

Important: A

separate SLA

will be signed

Page 146: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 146 of 193

Sr.No.

Service Parameter Service

Level

Validation Penalty

with bandwidth

provider.

Resolution of ticket

logged related to

Networks

99% Reports

generated

from Ticket

logging

system

Covered under

5.1

Data Center

Network

Availability

Minimum of 99.8%

uptime measured on

a monthly basis.

(In case of existing

DC/DR link provided

under RAPDRP is

upgraded by

appointed ITIA,

penalty in SLA

default with divided

equally between

appointed ITIA and

existing RAPDRP

ITIA)

99.8% Report 2% of

monthly

FMS

charges for

less than

99.8%

3% of

monthly

FMS

charges for

less than

98%

5 % of

monthly

FMS

charges for

less than 95

%

Divisional & Other

Offices Network

Availability

Minimum of 97%

uptime measured on

a monthly basis

97% Report 2% of

monthly

FMS

charges for

less than

97%

3% of

monthly

FMS

charges for

less than

95%

Page 147: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 147 of 193

Sr.No.

Service Parameter Service

Level

Validation Penalty

9 Incident

management

Resolution of ticket

logged in Incident

Management tool

99% Reports

generated

from Ticket

logging

system

0.5% of monthly

FMS charges

10 Ticketing

Management

Resolution of ticket

logged in Incident

Management tool

99% Reports

generated

from Ticket

logging

system

0.5% of monthly

FMS charges

11 Problem

Management

Supplier shall

analyze all the

incidents and provide

a root cause report

every month if there

are more than 10

incidents of the same

type. Supplier shall

take the needed

corrective action to

prevent further

issues due to the

same cause.

100%

timely

submissio

n

covering

all

incidents

logged in

that

month

Root

cause

report

Incident

report

stating

problem

s faced

by the

users

Docume

nt

detailing

correctiv

e action

5% penalty

on the

monthly

FMS

charges of

that Project

Area, if the

Supplier

does not

submit a

problem

report for

that month.

5% penalty

on the

monthly

FMS

charges of

that Project

Area, if the

Supplier

does not

perform the

corrective

action for

more than

one calendar

month.

12 Availability

Management

Should be part of

Monthly status report

95% Report 0.2% of monthly

FMS charges

13 Performance

Management

Should be part of

Monthly status report

95% Report 0.2% of monthly

FMS charges

Page 148: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 148 of 193

Sr.No.

Service Parameter Service

Level

Validation Penalty

14 Capacity

management

Should be part of

Monthly status report

95% Report 0.2% of monthly

FMS charges

15 Security

Management

Should be part of

Monthly status report

95% Report 0.2% of monthly

FMS charges

16

Resource

Management

Number of shift days

for which resource

present at the

designated location /

Total number of shift

days

98%

averaged

over all

resources

designate

d for SI

services -

calculate

d on a

monthly

basis

Attendanc

e track

Call

Log

Audit

calls/

visits

Measured

on a

monthly

basis

If the resource

availability is

less than 95%,

then payment

shall be

deducted based

on the pro-rata

basis.

(Total FMS cost

per day divided

by nos. of

persons

deployed)

Further

deduction

Rs.2,000/- per

day per

engineer/shall

also be made on

account of loss

of utility/service

Resource provided is

not as per specified

certification /

experiences

100% of

the

resource

given

Experience

Certificate

of FMS

personnel

submitted

by Supplier

to Utility

Per day

deduction =

0.5 * (Monthly

value for that

manpower as

per SOR) / 30

17 Field modem

communication

Communication

success rate is

99.9%

(for

feeder &

HT & LT

CT

Report from

MDAS

No Penalty

Page 149: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 149 of 193

Sr.No.

Service Parameter Service

Level

Validation Penalty

Consume

rs)

<99.9%

to > 99%

(for

feeder &

HT & LT

CT

Consume

rs)

0.1% of the

monthly FMS

(for each Circle)

<99% to

> 98%

(for

feeder &

HT & LT

CT

Consume

rs)

0.2% of the

monthly FMS

(for each Circle)

<98% (for

feeder &

HT

Consume

rs)

Breach

<98% to

> 96%

(for LTCT

Consume

rs)

0.5% of the

monthly FMS

(for each Circle)

<96% for

LT CT

consumer

s

Breach

Page 150: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 150 of 193

Uptime Calculation for the month:

{[(Actual Uptime + Scheduled Downtime) / Total No. of Hours in a Month] x 100}

"Actual Uptime" means, of the Total Hours, the aggregate number of hours in any

month during which each equipment, is actually available for use.

"Scheduled Downtime" means the aggregate number of hours in any month during

which each equipment, is down during total Hours, due to preventive maintenance,

scheduled maintenance, infrastructure problems or any other situation which is not

attributable to Supplier’s (or Service provider's) failure to exercise due care in

performing Supplier’s responsibilities.

The Purchaser would provide a maximum of 04 hours of planned downtime for the

preventive maintenance (as part of scheduled downtime) per month per

equipment/service.

The downtime for scheduled maintenance (patch application, upgrades – OS,

Database, etc.) would need to be mutually agreed between Utility and the Bidder. To

reduce this time, various maintenance activities can be clubbed together with proper

planning.

"Total Hours" means the total hours over the measurement period i.e. one month (24

* number of days in the month).

Downtime Calculation:

The recording of downtime shall commence at the time of registering the call with

Supplier or Service Provider for any downtime situation for the equipment.

Downtime shall end when the problem is rectified and the application/ service is

available to the user.

Down time will not be considered for following:

1. Pre-scheduled preventive maintenance and health checks (Scheduled Downtime).

2. Failover time (30 minutes) in case of cluster environment. Beyond which the service

would be considered to be not available and appropriate penalty shall be imposed on

the Supplier.

3. Bug in any application which causes the non-availability of the service.

If the utility elects to continue the operation of the machine / equipment, when a part

of the machine is giving problem and leading to downtime, the commencement of

downtime shall be deferred until the utility releases the machine / equipment to the

Bidder for remedial action.

Page 151: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 151 of 193

C.5 Breach of SLA

In case the Supplier (ITIA for Part A and Part B of the project) does not meet the

service levels mentioned in Section C.4 of this Appendix & Section G5 of SRS

document, for three (3) continuous time-periods as specified in the relevant clause,

the Purchaser will treat it as a case of breach of Service Level Agreement. The

following steps will be taken in such a case:-

1. Purchaser issues a show cause notice to the Supplier.

2. Supplier should reply to the notice within three working days.

3. If the Purchaser authorities are not satisfied with the reply, the Purchaser will

initiate termination process as described in clause 33 of Section 10.0., GCC.

C.6 Exclusions

The Supplier will be exempted from any delays or slippages on SLA parameters

arising out of following reasons:-

1 Delay in execution due to delay (in approval, review etc.) from Purchaser’s side. Any

such delays will be notified in written to the IT Team.

2 The network links will be provided by a third party and the Supplier will monitor and

report any problems on behalf of third party. If Supplier notifies and Purchaser

approves that the delay or fault was due to the third party link services then such loss

will not be considered for tracking Supplier’s SLA parameters (Also reduced from

total service time).

C.7 Monitoring and Auditing

IT Team of Purchaser will review the performance of Supplier against the SLA

parameters each month, or at any periodicity defined in the contract document. The

review / audit report will form basis of any action relating to imposing penalty or breach

of contract. Any such review / audit can be scheduled or unscheduled. The results will

be shared with the Supplier as soon as possible. Purchaser reserves the right to

appoint a third-party auditor to validate the SLA.

C.8 Reporting Procedures

The Supplier’s representative will prepare and distribute SLA performance reports in

an agreed upon format by the 10th working day of subsequent month of the reporting

period. The reports will include “actual versus target” SLA performance, a variance

analysis and discussion of appropriate issues or significant events. Performance

reports will be distributed to the Purchaser’s IT Team.

Page 152: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 152 of 193

C.9 Issue Management Procedures

C.9.1 General

This process provides an appropriate management structure for the orderly

consideration and resolution of business and operational issues in the event that quick

consensus is not reached between Purchaser and Supplier. It is expected that this

pre-defined process will only be used on an exception basis if issues are not resolved

at lower management levels.

C.9.2 Issue Management Process

Either Purchaser or Supplier may raise an issue by documenting the business or

technical problem, which presents a reasonably objective summary of both points of

view and identifies specific points of disagreement with possible solutions.

Purchaser and the Supplier’s representative will determine which committee or

executive level should logically be involved in resolution.

A meeting or conference call will be conducted to resolve the issue in a timely

manner. The documented issues will be distributed to the participants at least 24

hours prior to the discussion if the issue is not an emergency requiring immediate

attention.

Management of Purchaser and Supplier will develop a temporary, if needed, and the

permanent solution for the problem at hand. The Supplier will then communicate the

resolution to all interested parties.

In the event a significant business issue is still unresolved, the arbitration procedures

described in the Contract will be used.

C.10 SLA Change Control

C.10.1 General

It is acknowledged that this SLA may change as Purchaser’s business needs evolve

over the course of the contract period. As such, this document also defines the

following management procedures:

A process for negotiating changes to the SLA.

An issue management process for documenting and resolving particularly difficult

issues.

Purchaser and Supplier management escalation process to be used in the event

that an issue is not being resolved in a timely manner.

Any changes to the levels of service provided during the term of this agreement will

be requested, documented and negotiated in good faith by both parties. Either party

can request a change. Changes will be documented as an addendum to this document

and consequently the contract.

Page 153: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 153 of 193

C.10.2 SLA Change Process

Both the parties may amend this SLA by mutual agreement in accordance. Changes

can be proposed by either party. Normally the forum for negotiating SLA changes will

be Purchaser’s monthly review meetings.

C.10.3 Version Control

All negotiated SLA changes will require changing the version control number. As

appropriate, minor changes may be accumulated for periodic release (e.g. every

quarter) or for release when a critical threshold of change has occurred.

C.11 Management Escalation Procedures

The purpose of this escalation process is to provide a quick and orderly method of

notifying both parties that an issue is not being successfully resolved at the lowest

possible management level. Implementing this procedure ensures that purchaser and

Supplier management are communicating at the appropriate levels. Escalation should

take place on an exception basis and only if successful issue resolution cannot be

achieved in a reasonable time frame.

1. All issues would be raised to the project management team, which is completely

responsible for the day to day aspects of the implementation. The project

management team shall classify the issues based on their severity level and

resolve them within appropriate timelines.

2. If project management team is unable to resolve an issue, the issue would be

escalated to the top management with options/ risks detailed for decision. Top

management will make decisions based on the options/ risks presented by the IT

team.

3. In case one or both the parties are unsatisfied with the decision of the top

management of the Purchaser, the dispute will be resolved as specified in clause

8 of Section 10.0. – GCC.

Page 154: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 154 of 193

C.12 Signature Page

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Service Level

Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized representatives as of the

date first written above.

Supplier Purchaser

(On Behalf of all consortium members also)

Signature ------------------------ Signature ------------------

------

Name ------------------------ Name ------------------------

Address ------------------------ Designation ---------------

---------

Company ------------------------

Date ------------------------ Date ------------------------

Page 155: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 155 of 193

Appendix D Supplier Response Format

D.1 General Guidelines to the bidders

As the project is intended to scale up existing RAPDRP systems to Non-RAPDRP

area, there are some implementation and operational challenges perceived in certain

items as mentioned below where ownership already lies with existing RAPDRP ITIA.

a. Some changes and additional configurations are required in existing RAPDRP

applications to suit Non-RAPDRP area. As existing development is done by M/S HCL

tech, bringing one more ITIA to do new development or change existing development

will create practical issues. Further maintenance of same application by multiple ITIAs

will be very complex, difficult and cost ineffective solution.

After consideration of above complexity, Management of DHBVN and UHBVN has

decided to divide scope of work into two parts i.e. Part A and Part B. Also, it has been

decided to prioritise allotment of specific items (covered under Part A of the project) to

existing RAPDRP ITIA at negotiated rates of lowest price bid obtained from bidders

for these specific items. In case existing RAPDRP ITIA does not agree to work at

lowest bid price received for these specific items, Nigam management can allocate

the task to lowest price bidder.

Components of Part A and Part B of the project are given in below table:

Part A

Application Changes

Building up of Commercial Database

Part B

Office Infrastructure

New bandwidth for Offices to DC/DR and increase in bandwidth for DC

and DR

Supply and installation of Modems and GPRS Sims for Substation, HT

meters and LTCT meters

FMS for Office infrastructure, Modems, SIMS (parts and replacement)

Please refer section 9 i.e. Scope of Work for details of Part A and Part B items.

The Purchaser will select a Supplier (also referred as the ‘bidder’) in accordance with

the eligibility criteria indicated in Section 7.0..

The bidders are invited to submit a Technical Proposal and a Price Proposal for goods

and related services required for the both parts of the project i.e. Part A and Part B as

defined in Section 9.0., Scope of Work and Appendix J, Expected Implementation

Page 156: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 156 of 193

Schedule. Financial evaluation of the bid shall be done after aggregating total price

quoted for both Part A and Part B of the project as well as for both the DISCOMS.

These proposals will be the basis for contract negotiations and finalization of the

contract with the successful bidder.

The bidders must familiarize themselves with local conditions and take these into

account while preparing their proposals. To facilitate the bidders in making the

Proposal, the Purchaser shall have a ‘Pre-Bid conference’ at the address and date as

given in ITB, Section 5.0..

Please note that:

Costs involved in preparation of the proposal and of negotiating the contract,

including a visit to the Purchaser, are not reimbursable.

The final evaluation will be based on both technical and commercial factors as

per the evaluation methodology mentioned in the Appendix E.

Please check all attachments with the checklist provided at the end, prior to

submission of bid.

D.1.1 Guidelines for Technical proposal

In preparing the Technical Proposal, bidders are expected to examine this Bid

document in detail. The proposal should cover all the aspects of this bid document.

Any bid not found responsive to this bid document shall be rejected. Material

deficiencies in providing the information requested may also result in rejection of the

proposal.

While preparing the technical proposal, bidders must give particular attention that the

technical proposal does not include any financial information.

D.1.2 Guidelines for Price proposal

In preparing the price proposal, bidders are expected to take into account the

requirements and conditions of the bid document. The price proposal should follow

standard formats/forms as given in Appendix D.3.

Bidder should quote for each Project Area (Circle) cost separately and also

provide the consolidated cost of defined part of the project (i.e. Part A and Part

B ) .

Price Proposal should clearly indicate the price to be charged without any

qualifications whatsoever and should include all taxes (sales, service, etc.), duties

(excise & customs, etc), levies, works contract tax, Entry tax and other charges as

Page 157: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 157 of 193

may be applicable, to be paid pre- or post-delivery or to be deducted by the purchaser

at source, in relation to the Goods and Related Services. Such taxes, duties, cess,

charges etc, if not explicitly mentioned in the Price bid tables, but applicable under

law, should be included in the Quote under “Any other levies” column. The price

proposal should be conformance to clause 4.3 of ITB, Section 5.3..

D.1.3 Submission of proposal

The original technical proposal and price proposal shall be prepared in indelible

ink. It shall contain no inter-lineation or overwriting, except as necessary to

correct errors made by the bidder itself. The authorised representative must

initial any such corrections as mentioned in clause 13.2 ITB, Section 5.3..

An authorised representative of the bidder should initial all pages of the

proposal.

The bidders should submit five hard copies and five soft copies in separate

compact discs as per clause 13.1 ITB, Section 5.3.. The soft copies should be

necessarily in MS Word / MS Excel format (editable) besides other format(s).

Bidders are requested to submit a proposal written in the English language.

Bidders would need to submit both the technical and the price proposals.

The proposal should be typed in “Times New Roman” font, size 11 with single

line spacing.

The document should be precise to requirements and concise in nature.

Each technical proposal and price proposal should be marked "Original" or

"Copy" as per clause 13.1 ITB. Section 5.3.. If there are any discrepancies

between the original and the copies of the Proposal, the original governs.

Proposals containing erasures or alterations are liable to be excluded from the

evaluation process.

The original and all copies (also softcopies) of the technical proposal shall be

placed in a sealed envelope clearly marked "Technical Proposal for Part A" or

"Technical Proposal for Part B”. The original and all copies (also softcopies) of

the price proposal should also be placed in a sealed envelope clearly marked

"Price proposal for Part A" or "Price proposal for Part B" along with a warning:

"Do not open with the Technical Proposal." Both envelopes shall be placed into

an outer envelope and sealed. This outer envelope shall be super scribed with

the following information:

1. Name of the bidder

2. Due date and time of submission

3. Submission address and contact detail

Page 158: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 158 of 193

A clear marking stating: "DO NOT OPEN, EXCEPT IN PRESENCE OF THE

EVALUATION COMMITTEE."

Any omissions / deviations on the above, will cause rejection of the bid

The completed technical and price proposal must be delivered at the submission

address on or before the time and date stated in the Bid Data Sheet, Section 3.0..

The Purchaser will not be responsible for any postal or transit delays. Any proposal

received after the closing time for submission of proposals shall be returned

unopened.

D.2 Technical Proposal

D.2.1 General Requirements

D.2.1.1 Bid structure

The response should include detailed structure of the bid specifying the names of

bidder, consortium member (if any) subcontractors, stating their respective

responsibilities. Use following format:-

Bid Structure

Role Name of Company & Address

Bidder (SI/ Lead member in case of

consortium for SI role)

Consortium member (Second member in

case of consortium for SI Role)

Network Solution Provider

D.2.1.2 Bidder - Company Statistics

Please provide the general and financial details of each of the entities (bidder,

consortium member (if any) and subcontractor)s in the following formats:

Page 159: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 159 of 193

D.2.2 Hardware Technical Specification (Including network equipments,

LAN/WAN, etc.)

Refer to B, Technical Specifications for details. Document is provided with the bid

document as Annexure B- Mandatory Technical Specifications which is to be

submitted with technical proposal for Part B of the project.

Please respond to each specification in following format.

Technical Specifications of Hardware

No Description/Requirements Supplier

Response Remarks

DETAILS SUPPLIER RESPONSE

BIDDER’S NAME

ADDRESS

CONTACT (S), TITLE (S), TELEPHONE (S), E-

MAIL ID (S)

NAME OF THE CHAIRMAN/ MD/ CEO/

PARTNERS

NATURE OF OWNERSHIP

DATE OF INCORPORATION OF

COMPANY/ENTITY

HEADQUARTER LOCATION

OTHER OFFICE LOCATIONS, FUNCTIONS AND

PERSONNEL STRENGTH

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES BY FUNCTION

Implementation

Sales

Support

Quality Assurance

Administrative

Management

SIZE OF TEAM FOR THE PROPOSED

SOLUTION

LOCATION OF SUPPORT CENTERS FOR

PROPOSED SOLUTION

OTHER BUSINESSES

Page 160: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 160 of 193

The response in column “Supplier Response“ for the hardware requirements

should be as follows

Compliant

Non - Compliant

Please note that the rating as per the above scale is to be entered in the "Supplier

Response" column, and column titled “Remarks” is to be used for commenting on

aspects related to the functional specification. Bidders have to fill on two columns

("Supplier Response" & “Remarks”).

Please mention the detailed specification of hardware equipment and system

software (operating system, database etc.) including manufacturer, technical

details etc. The bidders should provide details of required system software like

operating system , database for solution and utilities in following format :-

Details of Hardware Offered

Product details No. of

installations

Make and Model Version and year of release

Kindly attach the data sheets for the offered products.

D.2.3 Approach and Methodology

The following table elaborates various requirements within A&M:

i. Understanding of Purchaser and its requirement with clear

mention of the deliverables

ii. Details of proposed methodology

iii. Project Team Structure

iv. Resource planning and estimation

v. Risk planning

vi. Detailed work plan with timelines

D.2.3.1 Understanding of Utility and its requirement

Bidder should depict complete understanding of the as-is system of the Utility

based on the information provided in the Bid Document. It should also require to

list down all the deliverables that has been planned as a part of the overall project

with timelines. Also provide details of prior interaction with Utility, if any.

Page 161: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 161 of 193

D.2.3.2 Details of proposed methodology

Please provide details of methodology followed by your organization in successfully

implementing similar projects. Also highlight the special steps that your

organization/ consortium intends to take in order to ensure that the change from

current system to proposed one will be smooth and effective.

D.2.3.3 Project Team Structure

In this section please provide detail of the team that would be deployed by your

organization to execute the project. Please provide details of the team structure in

the following format:

Proposed Project Team Structure

Name of

Staff

Position

Assigne

d

Interna

tional

or

Domes

tic

Fir

m

Employ

ment

status

with the

firm (Full

time/

Associat

e)

Educatio

n

(Degree,

Year,

Institutio

n)

Area of

Expertise

and number

of years of

relevant

experience

Task

Assigne

d

A.

PROFESSIO

NAL STAFF

B.

SUPPORT

STAFF

D.2.3.4 Resource planning and estimation

Bidder shall provide detailed staffing schedule of the professional and support

staff in the following format:

For Professional Staff the input should be indicated individually; for Support Staff it

should be indicated by category (e.g.: IT administrator, field survey staff etc.).

Months are counted from the start of the assignment. For each staff indicate

separately staff input for off-site and on-site work.

Page 162: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 162 of 193

Proposed Resource Planning and Estimation

N

O.

NAME OF STAFF POSITI

ON

STAFF INPUT

IN

WEEK

S

W

1

W

2

W

3

W

4

W

5

….

.

TOTA

L

A.

PROFESSIONAL

STAFF

B. SUPPORT

STAFF

D.2.3.5 Risk planning

Bidder shall assess underlying risks in implementation of the Project and detail out

the methodology to mitigate them. It may include development of a risk

assessment matrix indicating severity of the risk, chance of its occurrence and its

mitigation approach.

D.2.3.6 Detailed work plan with timelines

Please refer Appendix J for the format.

D.2.4 Project Experience

Bidder shall provide details of projects with application modules and other

requirements (as mentioned in Eligibility Criteria, Section 7.0.) which have been

successfully completed during the last 3 financial years.

Please do not supply the names of clients who are no longer using your

product/system.

Bidders need to submit the details as per the format in the table provided. Necessary

supporting documents should be attached with RFP:

Page 163: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 163 of 193

Details of Project Experience

SI.

No

Name

of

project

Brief Scope

necessarily

including role

played by

Bidder,

modules

implemented,

sector

classification

Owne

r of

Proje

ct

assig

nment

(Clien

t

name)

Cost

of

assig

nment

Date

of

Award

ed

comm

encem

ent

Date

of

compl

etion

Was

assign

ment

satisfa

ctorily

comple

ted

Was it

a

Power

Sector

Project

? (Y/N)

Provid

e Detail

Please provide separate client details for bidder & each consortium member

(Implementation partner, product Supplier, WAN/bandwidth/Internet service

provider etc.)

D.2.5 Team details (CVs)

Use the following format for key personnel who would be involved in the project.

Please include details of team members proposed to implement the project, install

or manage hardware, install and manage LAN/WAN and related equipments etc.,

please ensure that the CV has a maximum length of 3 pages.

In case of replacement of Supplier personal from the project team, Supplier is

required to submit to the nominated Utility personal the CV of the new person with

equivalent or better education qualification and relevant professional experience

who will be joining the team and get in duly approved. The new person can start

working in the project only after his/her CV has been approved by the Utility.

Format of Curriculum Vitae

1. PROPOSED POSITION:

2. NAME OF FIRM AND ITIA ROLE (SI/NSP/GSP/MDASP)

3. NAME OF STAFF:

4. DATE OF BIRTH: NATIONALITY

:

5. EDUCATION:

Page 164: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 164 of 193

YEAR DEGREE/EXAMINATION INSTITUTE/BOARD

6.

MEMBERSHIP OF

PROFESSIONAL

ASSOCIATIONS:

7. OTHER TRAINING:

8. COUNTRIES OF WORK

EXPERIENCE:

9. LANGUAGES:

LANGUAGE SPEAKING READING WRITING

10. EMPLOYMENT RECORD:

FROM TO EMPLOYER POSITIONS HELD

13.

11. DETAILED TASKS ASSIGNED:

12. WORK UNDERTAKEN THAT BEST ILLUSTRATES YOUR CAPABILITY TO

Certification:

I, the undersigned, certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, this CV

correctly describes me, my qualifications, and my experience. I understand that any

wilful misstatement described herein may lead to my disqualification or dismissal, if

engaged.

Signature of authorised representative of the staff Date:

Full name of authorised representative:

Page 165: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 165 of 193

D.2.6 Firm Detail

Bidder shall provide details of CMM/CMMI and ISO certification along with the

details of net-worth and turnover for the past three audited financial years in the

following format:

Firm Detail

DETAILS FY011-12 FY12-13 FY13-14

NET-WORTH

TURN-OVER

LEVEL OF CMM/CMMI

CERTIFICATION (YES/NO)

ISO CERTIFICATION (YES/NO)

Audited financial reports and copy of the certificates supporting the above need to

be submitted as proof.

D.2.7 Facility Management Services Plan

The detail plan for FMS shall be given in accordance with the Section G5 of SRS

Document in accordance with the scope of work defined for Part B of the project.

D.2.8 Project Management Practices

Please provide high-level details of the project management practices that will be

followed to manage the project. The project management practices would include

(but not be limited to) details of:-

Bidder must provide details of how they envisage the contract being managed

including principles such as (but not limited to) joint planning and control

mechanisms; regular and active review meetings; Project management of

individual work streams and overall program management of the entire service;

Performance reporting

Bidder should outline their proposed governance structure and designate a

Service Manager to co-ordinate their activities and provide a focal point of

contact to whom Utility can refer on any matter concerning the service.

Reporting lines and decision-making powers within the bidder’s organization

must be explained

Reporting formats and templates that would be followed by the bidders

Outline the proposed escalation procedures in the event that issues arise.

Page 166: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 166 of 193

D.2.9 Quality Assurance

Quality of service - Suppliers must provide details of their proposed approach

to quality assurance to ensure the quality of services in accordance with clause

19 of Section G1 of SRS Document. This should include:

Responsibility of quality of service;

How the supplier will ensure quality service is provided;

How quality will be measured

Does your company (and consortium partner) have any quality certification /

Assessment? If so, please provide your responses for the following:

Details of Certification

DESCRIPTION BIDDER’S

RESPONSE

Certification / Assessment Name

Who issued the certification/assessment?

When was the certification/assessment obtained?

Does this certification/assessment process involve periodic reviews

and observations/ remarks after such review? If so, please provide

details and specify when your company is due for its next quality

review?

Please specify your company’s process for product development and

enhancements

D.2.10 Documentation

Please provide a list of all user documents that will be provided along with the

software package. This must include the following minimum documents:

System and administration manuals

Technical support handbook

User Manuals;

Error Messages and their Meanings;

Training Manuals;

Analysis & Design Manuals with the relevant data flow diagrams, entity

relationship diagrams, schemas etc.;

Additions/ changes to the documents after upgrades; and

Operations Manuals.

Page 167: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 167 of 193

D.2.11 Deviations Sheet

Only “non-material deviations” (which means only those deviations that do not

qualify as material deviations as defined in ITB clause 3.2, Section 5.5 of bid

document) will be considered by the purchaser. Please describe all the non-

material deviations w.r.t Terms and conditions described in the General conditions

of contract, Section 10.0. & Special conditions of contract, Section 11.0..

If bidder desires to take any non-material deviation from the terms & conditions of

the tender, it should be mentioned specifically in this deviation sheet. Unless such

deviations are mentioned in this deviation sheet, the same will not be taken into

consideration.

Format for Deviations

Tender Clarifications – Terms and Conditions

Sl.

No.

Tender Reference

(Section / Clause

number )

Details of Clauses

/ Section needing

deviation

Deviation proposed

Except aforesaid deviations, the entire order, if placed, shall be executed in

accordance with specifications and any other conditions, variations/deviations etc.

if found, elsewhere in this proposal should not be given any consideration while

finalizing the tender.

It is not mandatory to consider and accept the deviation mentioned on deviation

sheet proposed by the bidder.

Note:- Continuation sheet of like size & format may be used as per bidder’s

requirement wherever necessary.

Page 168: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 168 of 193

D.3 Price proposal

Bidders are requested to provide cost for each of the Project Area in the

subsequent formats. The Bidders should take a note of following points while filling

the Price proposal.

1 Bidder will be responsible for payment of Taxes (including local entry taxes),

duties, cess, charges etc, including taxes, duties, cess, charges etc, to be paid

by the Supplier pre- or post-delivery. Such taxes, duties, cess, charges etc, if

not explicitly mentioned in the following tables, but applicable under law, should

be included in the Quote under “Any other levies” column.

2 The Bidder will provide Tax rates assumed for the calculation at the time of

proposal for each item in notes to respective table.

3 Please refer to GCC Clause 13.2 and the SCC for Price adjustments due to

change in Tax rates (including local entry taxes), duties, cess, charges etc.

4 Purchaser reserves the right to deduct and pay to the government authorities

the taxes at applicable rates from the price payable to the supplier.

5 The unit prices mentioned for various components should be the same for all

Project Areas. In case of any discrepancy among unit prices of various Project

Areas, the lowest unit price of equipment mentioned for any Project Area shall

prevail.

6 Utility proposes upgrade of centralized Data Centre which is located in the

Project Area(s) defined in the Appendix F (List of offices for WAN connectivity).

D.3.1 Project Area with Data Centre & Customer Care Centre

Bidder should refer Section 9, Scope of Work to fill in following information:

Name of Project Area

Number Subdivision Offices under the Project

Area:-

Number of Other Offices under the Project Area:-

Bidder should define quantity and unit price which includes FOB, Freight &

Insurance, Excise Duty, CST/VAT and any other levies for each item listed below

in the following format.

Price Details are to be provided as per attached Price annexure. Bid Forms in

Price Annexure are to be used as mentioned below:-

Page 169: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 169 of 193

Bid Form

No.

Bid Form Description

I This form is to be used for providing the price proposal of application changes,

Data Migration and Document Scanning for selection of ITIA for Part A of the

project

II This form is to be used for providing the price proposal for Part B of the project

for Selection of ITIA

III This form is to be used for providing the FMS Charges for Part B of the project

IV This form is to be used for Total Cost of Project i.e. Part A and Part B including

FMS. Evaluation will be done on the total cost of project.

Page 170: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 170 of 193

Appendix E- Evaluation Methodology Alternate bids are not allowed

Only bids from empanelled (by the nodal agency) bidders shall be evaluated.

Bidders are required to submit technical and commercial bid in two parts i.e.

separately for Part A and Part B of the project but financial evaluation of the

bid shall be done after aggregating total price quoted for both Part A and

Part B of the project as well as for both the DISCOMS.

The evaluation team will thoroughly review the proposals submitted by

various bidders / consortiums for Part A and Part B of the project separately.

The broad evaluation will be based as following:-

Technical Proposal: 50% Weight

Price Proposal: 50% Weight

Pre-demo meetings will be conducted with all the bidders

Each of the bidder will be requested to demonstrate the product and

services.

The technical evaluation will commence post the demonstrations

Based on multiple parameters, the evaluation team will calculate the

technical evaluation score for each Supplier at the end of this phase

Utility, in observance of best practices, shall:

Maintain the bid evaluation process strictly confidential

Reject any attempts or pressures to distort the outcome of the evaluation,

including fraud and corruption

Strictly apply only and all of the evaluation and qualification criteria

specified in the Bid document

E.1 Single-Stage: Two-Envelope Bidding Procedure

In the Single-Stage: Two-Envelope bidding procedure, Bidders should submit two

sealed envelopes simultaneously, one containing the Technical Proposal and the

other the Price Proposal, enclosed together in an outer single envelope. Initially, only

the Technical Proposals are opened at the date and time advised in the Bidding

Document. The Price Proposals remain sealed and are held in custody by the

Purchaser. The Technical Proposals are evaluated by the Purchaser. No amendments

or changes to the Technical Proposals are permitted. The objective of the exercise is

to allow the Purchaser to evaluate the Technical Proposals without reference to price.

Bids of Bidders which do not conform to the mandatory requirements may be termed

as non-responsive and will not be evaluated further. Following the approval of the

Page 171: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 171 of 193

technical evaluation, and at an address, date and time advised by the Purchaser, the

Price Proposals are opened in public. The Price Proposals are evaluated and,

following approval of the price evaluation, the Contract is awarded to the Bidder whose

Bid has been determined to be have scored maximum in the composite formula as

defined below:

Total Score = 50% x Technical Proposal Score + 50% x Price Proposal Score

E.2 Evaluation and Comparison of bids

Initially the Supplier’s responses are reviewed for compliance with the Commercial

terms and conditions. The Suppliers who fail to comply with any of the commercial

terms and conditions mentioned may be termed as non-responsive and will not be

evaluated further. For those Suppliers who have qualified the commercial terms and

conditions Technical evaluation will be conducted followed by the Price-Bid

evaluation. The Suppliers who qualify the minimum technical requirement will be

considered for the price-bid evaluation. The price bids will remain sealed until the

technical evaluation is complete.

Technical Evaluation

The technical bid has a weightage of 50%. Technical evaluation will happen in two

stages.

Stage-1: Preliminary Evaluation

In stage-1, the following shall be confirmed: Deviations, Submission of Bank

Guarantee, Acceptance of terms and conditions, Acceptance to scope of work and

compliance to mandatory technical requirements (as mentioned in Appendix A). In

case the bid doesn’t meet all the mandatory requirements, the bid shall be termed as

non-responsive and will not be evaluated further

Stage-2

The distribution of weights shall be as follows:

Distribution of weights for bid evaluation

No Description Weight

A Technical Proposal 50

1 Approach & Methodology 8

2 Project Experience 24

3 Team Details (CV) 10

4 Firm Details 8

B Price Proposal 50

Total Marks 100

Details for each of the above parameters is as mentioned subsequently.

Page 172: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 172 of 193

A. Technical Proposal: Following is the methodology which shall be used to

evaluate the various parameters under the technical proposal.

A.1 Technical solution Evaluation

Score for Technical Evaluation

No Description Maximum

Score

i) Appendix B No Marks

Appendix B is the minimum requirement (and hence mandatory)

for the Utility and needs to be supplied as per the specifications.

In case the bidder decides to take any deviation, the same has to

be clearly mentioned under the deviations (D.2.11). Utility shall

decide if the same is acceptable or not. In case the same is not

acceptable, the bid shall be rejected and financial bid of the bidder

shall not be opened.

Bidder’s self-response to the solution (refer A.1 above) shall be as per the manner as

indicated in Appendix-B.

A.2 Approach & Methodology

This section shall be assigned 8 marks.

A.3 Project Experience: Shall be assigned 24 marks. The distribution of marks shall

be as follows:

Indian Power Utilities Experience in Billing (9 marks)

Indian Power Utilities Experience in Consumer Indexing (4 marks)

Project Specific Experience (4 marks)

IT Experience: Application Modules implemented (7 marks)

A.4 CV: Shall be assigned 10 marks. Following is the list of categorization of

requirement of personnel:

Meter Data Acquisition/ Energy Audit

Billing/Collection/New Connection/Disconnection

Web Self Service/ Security/ MIS

Page 173: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 173 of 193

A.5 Firm details: Shall be assigned 8 marks. The distribution of marks shall be as

follows:

i. Cumulative Turn-Over in the last 3 financial years (2.0 marks)

ii. Level of CMM/CMMI certification (2.0 marks) or ISO certification

(2.0 marks)

iii. No. of locations in India (2 marks)

For qualifying, Supplier should comply with all mandatory technical

requirements of Appendix B. In case the bidder has taken any deviation in

Appendix B, utility shall decide whether the same shall be acceptable or not.

Final score will be calculated by summation of weighted score in Section A.2,

A.3, A.4 and A.5. Bidders need to score a minimum score of “35” out of 50 in the

technical evaluation; else the bid shall be termed as non-responsive and will not

be evaluated further.

B. Price-Bid Evaluation

The Price-Bid evaluation is done only for those bids which are responsive and which

have a Final Technical score which is more than or equal to the minimum score for

technical proposal mentioned in sub-section A above.

Financial evaluation of the bid shall be done after aggregating total price quoted for

both Part A and Part B of the project as well as for both the DISCOMS. The net cost

quoted will be calculated as simple addition of all the cost mentioned in the price

proposal (Clause D.3, Appendix D). The price proposal score shall be calculated with

following formula:

Price proposal score = (LP/FP)*50, where

LP: Lowest Price offer; FP: Firm’s Price

C. Total Score

Total score shall be calculated as below:

Total Score = Technical Proposal Score + Price Proposal Score

The bid with the highest overall score will be awarded the project.

CVC Guidelines will be followed regarding the issue of price negotiations with L1

bidder.

Page 174: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 174 of 193

Price Details are to be provided as per attached Price annexure. Bid Forms in

Price Annexure are to be used as mentioned below :-

Bid Form

No.

Bid Form Description

I This form is to be used for providing the price proposal of application changes,

Data Migration and Document Scanning for selection of ITIA for Part A of the

project

II This form is to be used for providing the price proposal for Part B of the project

for Selection of ITIA

III This form is to be used for providing the FMS Charges for Part B of the project

IV This form is to be used for Total Cost of Project i.e. Part A and Part B including

FMS. Evaluation will be done on the total cost of project.

D. Checklists

Please submit a copy of this section with cover letter while submitting the proposal.

Documents for Part A and Part B of the project to be submitted separately.

D.1.1 Mandatory forms that needs to be submitted

Check List for Mandatory Forms

S.No. Item Furnished

1 Documents against eligibility criteria Yes/ No

2 Bid Security Yes/ No

3 One original copy duly signed- Technical Proposal Yes/ No

4 Four copies of Technical Proposal - Hard copies Yes/ No

5 Five copies of Technical Proposal - Soft copies Yes/ No

6 One original copy duly signed- Price proposal Yes/ No

7 Four copies of Financial Proposal - Hard copies Yes/ No

8 Five copies of Financial Proposal - Soft copies Yes/ No

9 Proof of turnover and networth for the last three audited

financial years of Bidder, consortium member (if any) and sub-

contractors

Yes/ No

10 CV of key personnel in suggested format Yes/ No

11 Proposed SLA template Yes/ No

12 Filled-in copy of Bidding forms (Section 8.0.) Yes/ No

13 Receipt of purchase of tender Yes/ No

Page 175: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 175 of 193

D.1.2 Compliance checklist

Check List for proper Documentation & Compliance

S.No. Item Furnished

1 Please confirm you agree to all clauses specified in the

Section 5.0., ITB

Yes/ No

2 Please confirm you have submitted all the mandatory forms

specified in Appendix D (Technical & Financial Proposal)

Yes/ No

3 Please confirm you have noted the bid submission deadline

specified in Section 6.0., Bid Data Sheet.

Yes/ No

4 Please confirm you have noted that the performance security

will be furnished within time period as specified in Section 5.0.,

ITB Sub Clause 5.5.

Yes/ No

5 Please confirm you have provided all document proof to

substantiate you qualifying the eligibility criteria as mentioned

in Section 7.0.

Yes/ No

6 Please confirm you have complied with the proposed solution

architecture specified in SRS Document

Yes/ No

7 Please confirm you have complied with all services specified in

the scope of services mentioned in Section 9.0.

Yes/ No

8 Please confirm that you comply with all clauses specified in the

General Conditions of Contract specified in Section 10.0.

Yes/ No

9 Please confirm that you comply with all clauses specified in the

Special Conditions of Contract specified in Section 11.0.

Yes/ No

10 Please confirm that all goods (software and hardware) and

services have been included in the price proposal and is

complete in all respects without any deviation/ missing items

Yes/ No

11 Please confirm that you have not submitted any alternate

proposal

Yes/ No

12 Please confirm that you have noted the SLA guidelines and

penalty clauses applicable as specified in Appendix C.

Yes/ No

13 Please confirm you have provided sufficient Bid security in

proper form as specified in clause 5.3, Section 5.0. ITB

Yes/ No

14 Please confirm you have responded to all mandatory technical

specification given in Appendix A

Yes/ No

15 Please confirm you have responded to all technical

specifications (applications) given in the Appendix B

Yes/ No

16 Please confirm that you have checked the final quote provided

in Appendix D (Price Proposal)

Yes/ No

Page 176: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 176 of 193

Appendix G- Bidder Queries

Format for Bidder Queries

Sr. no. RFP Clause No. RFP Page No. Description of Query Suggestion by Bidder

Appendix F – Geographical & Administrative Information Following is the list of project area which are included under the scope of work

Geographical & Administrative Information of all the Project Areas in DHBVN

General Description Detail

Name of town with HQ Hisar

Name of town with Data Centre Hisar

Name of Town with Disaster Recovery Centre Panchkula

Name of town with Customer Care Centre Gurgaon

*Data as on 31st March’2013. Current % growth per annum is 7.5% for consumers.

Sr. No Circle

Name Consumers

Sub-

Division

Offices

Other

Offices

Unit Nos. Nos. Nos.

1 Hisar 365904 13

2 Gurgaon 233902 10 5

3 Faridabad &

Palwal 144280 8

4 Bhiwani 249690 12 3

5 Sirsa 208450 9 3

6 Narnaul 148147 7 3

7 Rewari 168746 6 2

8 Jind 196652 9 1

Total 1715771 74 17

Page 177: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 177 of 193

Geographical & Administrative Information of all the Project Areas in UHBVN

General Description Detail

Name of town with HQ Panchkula

Name of town with Data Centre Hissar

Name of Town with Disaster Recovery Centre Panchkula

Name of town with Customer Care Centre Gurgaon

Sr. No Circle Name Consumers Sub-Division

Offices

Other Offices

Unit Nos. Nos. Nos.

1 Ambala 184932 7 3

2 Kurukshetra 146204 4 1

3 Karnal 163819 12 3

4 Panipat 262711 5 1

5 Kaithal 152603 8 2

6 Yamunanagar 160122 7 1

7 Jhajjar 235645 8 2

8 Sonepat 185480 9 3

9 Rohtak 249823 5 6

Total 1741339 65 22

*Data as on 31st March’2014. Current % growth per annum is 7.5% for consumers.

Page 178: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 178 of 193

Appendix H – List of Manuals/Business Processes to be converted into electronic form The following manuals/business processes need to be converted into electronic form

List of Manuals/ Business Process to be converted into Electronic Form in

DHBVN and UHBVN

Name of the

application/

business

process that

requires

data

migration

into the

proposed

application

Type (Stand

alone

application/

Integrated

application/

Manual

Business

Process)

If

Integr

ated,

what

are

the

other

applic

ations

integr

ated

with

this?

Databas

e

(Access,

SQL

etc.)

Data Format

(Access

Table, Paper

forms, Excel

Sheets etc.)

Data

mirrorin

g/

replicati

on

needed

?

Comments

MIS Manual

Business

Process

None None Paper YES Data Migration

required

Energy

Audit

Manual

Business

Process

None None Paper YES Data Migration

required

Billing Stand Alone

Application

(SAS)

None SQL

Server

Table,

Paper, Excel

YES Data Migration

required

Metering Stand Alone

Application

(SAS)

None SQL

Server

Table,

Paper, Excel

YES Data Migration

required

Collection Stand Alone

Application

(SAS)

None SQL

Server

Table,

Paper, Excel

YES Data Migration

required

New

Connection

Stand Alone

Application

(SAS)

None SQL

Server

Table,

Paper, Excel

YES Data Migration

required

Disconnecti

on

Stand Alone

Application

(SAS)

None SQL

Server

Table,

Paper, Excel

YES Data Migration

required

Enforcemen

t And

Manual None Paper, Excel YES Data Migration

required

Page 179: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 179 of 193

Name of the

application/

business

process that

requires

data

migration

into the

proposed

application

Type (Stand

alone

application/

Integrated

application/

Manual

Business

Process)

If

Integr

ated,

what

are

the

other

applic

ations

integr

ated

with

this?

Databas

e

(Access,

SQL

etc.)

Data Format

(Access

Table, Paper

forms, Excel

Sheets etc.)

Data

mirrorin

g/

replicati

on

needed

?

Comments

Respective

Assessment

Meter Data

Acquisition

Stand Alone

Application

None Table,

Paper, Excel

YES Integration

required

Asset

Managemen

t /

Maintenanc

e

Managemen

t

Stand Alone

Application

None Table,

Paper, Excel

YES Integration

required

Web Self

Service

Stand Alone

Application

None Oracle Table, Excel YES Data Migration

required

Page 180: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 180 of 193

Appendix I – Estimated Manpower Requirement

ITIA to deploy manpower for both Part A and Part B of the project, as per requirement

and as per Clause 7.0 of Section G.5 of SRS document keeping in view of project

completion time.

In addition to this following is the list of minimum number of resources required to be

deployed for Part B of the project upto the completion of FMS period by the bidder

under various roles:

Estimated Manpower Requirement (Part B)

Resource Type Nos.

Project Manager per utility 2

Team Leaders per Circle per Utility 18

Page 181: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 181 of 193

Appendix J– Expected Implementation Schedule

The bidders for Part A and Part B are expected to complete the implementation for DHBVN and UHBVN within 12 months and 8 months respectively for both the parts from the date of award of contract by the DHBVN and UHBVN. The effective date for Part-B will be reckoned two month prior to effective date of go-live of pilot towns.

Pilot is the first project area (consisting of the data center) that goes live in a utility. It

is expected to complete the enterprise-wide implementation for all the other identified

project areas with-in 12 (Twelve) calendar months as per below given schedule:

Project Part/ Month

Aw

ard

of

Co

ntr

act

to P

art

A

I II III IV

Aw

ard

of

co

ntr

act

to P

art

B

V VI

Go

Liv

e i

f P

ilo

t A

reas

VII VIII IX X XI XII

Go

Liv

e o

f all P

roje

ct

Are

as

Part A

Part B

ITIA for Part A is expected to complete all application changes and their deployment

within 4 months of award of contract. Contract for Part B will only be awarded when

ITIA for Part A will complete all application changes and their deployment. Complete

rollout in the remaining approved Operation Circles will be done in the next six months

at the rate of 3 Circle per Two months per DISCOM (DH & UH).

Facilities Management Services post successful completion of acceptance tests shall

be provided for a period of four years from the date of completion of acceptance test.

Bidder shall submit a detail Gantt chart as per along with the following implementation

schedule (Schedule for Part A and Part B of the project to be provided separately.

Bidders shall drill down these activities into sub/sub-sub activity in the chart. The chart

shall also detail out time and resource effort required to execute each activity. The

detailed bar charts for all the work activity shall however, be discussed and agreed to

by the successful Bidder with the owner before start of the execution of work.

Page 182: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 182 of 193

Expected Implementation Schedule for Part A

Activity/ Sub Activity Start

Date Weekly Plan

End

Date

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 …

1 System Study and approval from owner

2

Mobilization at site with establishment of

site office, requisite resource deployment

etc.

3

Development of applications with

Acceptance / Performance test-data

migration

4 Data Migration

5 Scanning of Documents

Expected Implementation Schedule for Part B

Activity/ Sub Activity Start

Date Weekly Plan

End

Date

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 …

1 System Study and approval from owner

2

Mobilization at site with establishment of

site office, requisite resource deployment

etc.

3

Creation of IT Infrastructure at Other Utility

offices viz. Division, Circle etc. (In a phased

manner for associated completed Circle)

4

Integration of entire IT infrastructures

created at Sub division offices, Electrical

sub stations and other utility offices with

Acceptance / Performance test

5 Facility Management Services (FMS)

Page 183: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 183 of 193

Appendix K- Abbreviations

The abbreviation mentioned in the document has been expanded hereunder:

Abbreviation Meaning

AMR Automated Meter Reading

B/W Black & White

BDS Bid Data Sheet

BG Bank Guarantee

CEO Chief Executive Officer

CIO Chief Information Officer

CST Central Sales Tax

CTI Computer Telephony Integration

CV Curriculum Vitae

DNS Domain Name Server

EMS Enterprise Management System

ExW Ex-Works

FMS Facility Management Services

FoB Freight on Board

GCC General Conditions of Contract

GIS Geographical Information System

GIS Geographical Information System

GoI Government of India

GPS Geographic Positioning System

GSP GIS Solution Provider

HQ Head Quarter

HT High Tension

ICB International Competitive Bidding

INR Indian Rupee

IP Internet Protocol

IPR Intellectual Property Rights

Page 184: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 184 of 193

Abbreviation Meaning

IST Indian Standard Time

IT Information Technology

ITB Instructions to Bidders

ITC IT Consultant

ITIA IT Implementation Agency

LAN Local Area Network

LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol

LoI Letter of Intend

LP Lowest Prize

LT Low Tension

MBC Metering Billing Collection

MD Managing Director

MDASP Meter Data Acquisition Solution Provider

MoP Ministry of Power

MTR Motor Transport Receipt

NIT Notice Inviting Tender

NSP Network Solution Provider

OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer

OS Operating System

PC Personal Computer

PFC Power Finance Corporation

RAPDRP Restructured Accelerated Power Development Reforms Programme

RFP Request for Proposal

RFQ Request for Qualification

SAN Storage Area Network

SCC Special Conditions of Contract

SI System Integrator

SLA Service Level Agreement

Page 185: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 185 of 193

Abbreviation Meaning

SRS System Requirement Specifications

T/O Turnover

TS Technical Section

UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply

VAT Value Added Tax

VPN Virtual Private Network

WAN Wide Area Network

Page 186: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 186 of 193

Appendix: Price Bid Format

Bid Form I

BID FORM I

Category Sub Category Type/Discription Unit

Total Tax Amount (Rs.)

Total Cost (Rs.)

Application Implementation cost (Application develeopement, Integration, Testing and Training For DHBVN and UHBVN)

Application development

cost

Application Implementation cost (Application develeopement, Integration, Testing and Training) (For DHBVN and UHBVN)

Data Migration Cost(For DHBVN & UHBVN) Data

Migration Data Migration Cost(For DHBVN & UHBVN)

Scanning

Scan Charges Scan Charges for 3 years at each sub division (For DHBVN and UHBVN)

3457114 Pages to be scanned

No. of

pages

Total Cost

Page 187: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 187 of 193

Bid Form II

BID FORM II

Category Sub Category Type/Discription Unit Quanitity to be

increased/required

FOB (per

unit)

Freight & Insurance

(per unit)

Excise

Duty

Excise Duty (per

unit)

CST/

VAT

Sales &

other taxes (per

unit)

Any

other levies (per

unit)

Total Cost (per

unit)

Total

Cost

Rs. Rs. % Rs. % Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

Hardware for Sub Division Office Infrastructure

for Non RAPDRP areas

Switches Layer II Switch Nos. 139

Routers Router for MPLS/ VPN Network

Nos. 139

Cabling System Cables, Jacks etc. Nos. 139

Workstation / Equipment Cords

Nos. 139

IP Telephony IP Phone Nos. 278

UPS and Battery System UPS 5 kVA Nos. 139

Workstation PCs, Printers & Others

Workstation PC (Computer chair, table, UPS, MS Office

Latest version etc.) Nos. 973

Bar Code Readers Nos. 278

Laser Jet Printers Nos. 278

Multipurpose Network

Printer Nos. 139

Page 188: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 188 of 193

Hardware for Other Office Infrastructure for Non RAPDRP areas

Switches Layer II Switch Nos. 39

Routers Router for MPLS/ VPN Network

Nos. 39

Cabling System Cables, Jacks etc. Nos. 39

Workstation /

Equipment Cords Nos. 39

UPS and Battery System UPS 5 kVA Nos. 39

Workstation PCs, Printers & Others

Workstation PC (Computer chair,

table, UPS, MS Office Latest version etc.) Nos. 117

Multipurpose Network

Printer Nos. 39

Additional Components for Non RAPDRP areas (as per no. of PCs)

Anti Virus Nos 1090

Windows CAL Nos 1090

Exchange CAL Nos 1090

Additional Hardware for Sub Division Office Infrastructure for RAPDRP areas

Workstation PCs, Printers & Others

Workstation PC (Computer chair, table, UPS, MS Office

Latest version etc.)

Nos. 190

Additional Hardware for Sub Division Office Infrastructure

for RAPDRP areas

Workstation PCs, Printers & Others

Workstation PC (Computer chair, table, UPS, MS Office

Latest version etc.)

Nos. 100

Additional Components for RAPDRP areas (as per no. of PCs)

Anti Virus Nos 290

Windows CAL Nos 290

Exchange CAL Nos 290

Page 189: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 189 of 193

Metering Infrastructure

Metering Infrastructure

GPRS Modem Nos. 40240

Project Management Charges

PMC Project Management Cost

Total Infrastructure Cost 0

Bandwith Cost for DHBVN and UHBVN

Item Description Type Unit Quantity FOB (per unit)

CST/ VAT

Sales &

other taxes (per

unit)

Total

Cost (per unit)

Total Cost

Rs. % Rs. Rs. Rs.

Bandwidth Charges for Sub division offices

Network Connectivity - Primary Link - MPLS - VPN for 4 years

(2 MBPS)

For 4 Years per annum per location 556

Network Connectivity -

Secondary Link - for 4 years (512 KBPS)

For 4 Years per annum per location 556

Sub Total

Bandwidth Charges for other offices

Network Connectivity Charges for Primary link for3 years(512 kbps)

For 4 years per annum per location 156

Sub Total

Total Bandwidth Cost for Offices in DHBVN and UHBVN

Page 190: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 190 of 193

Bandwidth for GPRS Modems

Recurring Cost Type Unit Qunatity FOB (per unit)

No.

of

Years

CST/VAT

Taxes

&

Duties*

(per

unit)

Total

(per

unit)

Total

Nos. Rs. % Rs. Rs.

GPRS Sim Rental (Consumer Meters) Nos. 40240 4

GPRS Sim Rental -

Bandwidth Cost for DC and DR

Item List Total Bandwidth

requirement Charges per year (Including Tax)

No. of Years

Total Cost

Total bandwidth Requirement at DC (Primary) 16.00 4

Total bandwidth Requirement at DC (Secondary) 16.00 4

Total bandwidth Requirement at DR (Primary) 16.00 4

Total bandwidth Requirement at DR (Secondary) 16.00 4

Additional Replication Bandwidth DC-DR Primary 10.00 4

Additional Replication Bandwidth

DC-DR Secondary 10.00 4

Subtotal Bandwidth cost

Page 191: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 191 of 193

Item List Total Bandwidth

requirement Charges per year (Including Tax)

No. of Years

Total Cost

Additional Internet Bandwidth DC Primary 10 4

Additional Internet Bandwidth DC Secondary 4 4

Additional Internet Bandwidth DR Primary 10 4

Additional Internet Bandwidth DR

Secondary 4 4

Subtotal Internet Bandwidth Cost

Total Bandwidth Cost

Total Bandwidth and Sim rental Cost

Page 192: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 192 of 193

Bid Form III

BID FORM III

Category Project Area (Circle) Type/Description Unit Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Total Cost (Rs.)

FMS Cost for Part B

FMS Cost for Part B

Hisar

Gurgaon

Faridabad & Palwal

Bhiwani

Sirsa

Narnaul

Rewari

Jind

FMS Cost-DHBVN

Ambala

Kurukshetra

Karnal

Panipat

Kaithal

Yamunanagar

Jhajjar

Sonepat

Rohtak

FMS Cost-UHBVN

Total Cost

Page 193: Scaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to ... · PDF fileScaling up of IT infrastructure installed under R-APDRP to whole ... TER-03/RAPDRP/2014 ... Oracle Utilities

Page 193 of 193

Bid Form IV

BID FORM IV

Total Cost Summary for Part A and Part B

Costs (including FMS) Total (Rs. Cr.)

Hisar

Gurgaon

Faridabad & Palwal

Bhiwani

Sirsa

Narnaul

Rewari

Jind

Total Cost DHBVN

Ambala

Kurukshetra

Karnal

Panipat

Kaithal

Yamunanagar

Jhajjar

Sonepat

Rohtak

Total Cost UHBVN

Total project Cost (Rs.)

Price proposals will be compared based on the Total Project Cost

mentioned above


Recommended